TRC Anderson Head Start

TRC Anderson Head Start
Transition Resources Corporation
TRC Anderson
Head Start
Site Upgrades
812 West 13th Street
Anderson, Indiana 46016
July, 2014
“Structured around listening”
“Structured around listening”
Project Manual – Index of Specifications
TRC Anderson Head Start
Architect:
krM Architecture+
1020 Jackson Street
Anderson, Indiana 460 16
765-649-8477 tel
765-649-8484 fax
Email:[email protected]
www.krmarchitecture.com
NDEX OF SPECIFICATIONS
Division 0 ……………………….………..BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
Section
00 00 00 Index of Specifications
00 02 00 Notice to Bidders
00 10 00 Instructions to Bidders
00 30 00 Bid Form
00 35 00 A.I.A. General Conditions
00 50 10 A.I.A. Form A101 – Standard Form of Agreement between Owner &
Contractor
00 80 00 Supplementary General Conditions
Division 1………………………………………………….……..GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section
01 01 00 Summary of the Work
01 02 00 Allowances
01 02 70 Application for Payment
01 04 50 Cutting and Patching
01 07 00 Abbreviations
01 09 00 Definitions & Standards
01 20 00 Project Meetings
01 34 00 Submittals
01 37 00 Schedule of Values
01 41 00 Testing Lab Services
01 50 00 Temporary Utilities
01 51 50 Construction Superintendent
01 54 00 Field Office & Sheds
01 63 10 Product Substitutions
01 70 00 Project Close Out
01 71 00 Record Documents
01 71 10 Cleaning
01 72 00 Operations and Maintenance Manuals
01 73 00 Warranties and Bonds
Index 00 00 00 ‐ 1 Project Manual – Index of Specifications
TRC Anderson Head Start
Division 2…………………………………………………….……….EXISTING CONDITIONS
Section
02 06 50 Selective Demolition
02 07 50 Soil Poisoning
Division 3……………………………………………………….………….……….CONCRETE
Section
03 31 00 Concrete
Division 4…………………………………………………………………………...MASONRY
04 20 00 Unit Masonry
Division 5……………………………………………………………………………...METALS
05 50 00 Miscellaneous Steel
Division 6…………………………………………….………………WOOD AND PLASTICS
NOT USED
Division 7…………………………………………..THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 20 00 Insulation
07 60 00 Flashing and Sheet Metal
07 90 00 Joint Sealers
Division 8…………………………………………………………..DOORS AND HARDWARE
NOT USED
Division 9………………………………………………………………………………FINISHES
NOT USED
Division 10…………………………………………………………..………..…SPECIALTIES
NOT USED
Division 11……………………………………………………………………… EQUIPMENT
NOT USED
Division 12 ……………………………………………….……………………FURNISHINGS
NOT USED
Division 13 ………………………………………………………SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
NOT USED
Division 15 ………………………………………………..………MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Section
Index 00 00 00 ‐ 2 Project Manual – Index of Specifications
TRC Anderson Head Start
Division 31 …………………………………………………….………………SITE WORK
31 01 51
31 10 00
31 20 00
31 20 01
31 30 10
31 41 00
Underground Utility Protection
Site Clearing
Earthwork
Site Usage
Excavating and Backfill
Storm & Sanitary Drainage
Division 32…………………………………………………….………………SITE EQMPMNT
32 31 13
Chain Link Fencing
Section
NOT USED
END OF INDEX
Index 00 00 00 ‐ 3 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
SECTION 00 02 00 - NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Notice is hereby given that TELAMON CORPORATION will receive sealed bids for furnishing all
labor and materials, tools, equipment and transportation necessary for:
Site upgrades and foundation for a modular unit to be used for TRC Head Start Anderson
located at 812 West 13th Street in Anderson IN
Bids will be received for one prime contract for all work.
Bids will be received until Thursday, August 14th, 2014 at 2:00 pm prevailing local time
Bids shall be delivered to:
Proposals submitted by fax will not be accepted. Proposals submitted electronically should be
emailed to [email protected] and [email protected]
(Email preferred) or mailed to:
Transition Resources Corporation
ATTN: TRC – Anderson Head Start
600 Corporation Drive
Pendleton, IN 46064
Please contact Gordon Upchurch for any questions: [email protected] or
M: (765) 623-8737
Bids will be opened in private by the owner.
All bids received after the published bid time will not be considered.
All work shall be in accordance with plans, specifications, and intent prepared by:
krM Architecture, 1020 Jackson Street, Anderson, Indiana 46016 pH. (765) 649-8477
A one hundred percent (100%) labor and materials performance bond and payment bond will
be required of the successful bidder.
A five percent (5%) bid security in the form of an acceptable bid bond or certified check shall
be submitted with all bids.
Plans and specifications will be made available as follows:
1. Electronic download in the form via owners website: not available now, link will be emailed out.
2. Eastern Engineering – access to printing plans at Contractors expense
http://easternengineering.com/index.php
Additional bidding requirements are contained in the Project Manual.
Each bidder will be required to comply with all applicable equal employment opportunity laws
building codes and regulations of the United States of America and the State of Indiana.
krM Architecture+
Notice to bidders
00 02 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A pre-bid meeting will be held on Monday, August 4th at 1 pm. The meeting will be held
at the location of the existing facility – outside west of the Anderson Head Start building.
All work for this project shall comply with items outlined in Instructions to Bidders, Section 0010-00
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Notice to bidders
00 02 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
SECTION 00 10 00 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND TERMS OF THE CONTRACTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
Sealed Bids will be received as published in the Notice to Bidders.
OWNER DESIGNATION
Bids are for the TRC – Anderson Head Start site upgrade and modular foundation
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
All work on this project shall be performed in accordance with the drawings, specifications, and
intent prepared by krM Architecture, 1020 Jackson Street, Anderson, Indiana 46016 and their
consultants.
All work shall be performed in accordance with the contract documents.
Plans and specifications are on file in those places designated in the Notice to Bidders.
The term “specifications”, “specification manual”, and “project manual” all refer to this booklet.
BID TERMS OR TIME PERIOD
The bids submitted shall be binding and valid for a period of not less than sixty (70) days past the
date of bid submission and opening.
Bid Evaluation Process: Telamon reserves the right to waive any irregularities, reject any
or all bids, or accept any bid when, in the opinion of Telamon, when such action will
serve their best interest. Telamon has the right to refuse any or all offers. Telamon may
issue one contract for all work or it may split the work up at its sole option. The bids will
be evaluated based on Price, Contractor Qualifications and the ability to meet proposal
requirements.
CONTRACT FORMS
Contract Agreement Form shall be A.I.A. Form A101, 2007 edition.
Payment forms shall be A.I.A. Form G702, and G703 Application and Certification for Payment.
QUESTIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS OF BID DOCUMENTS
Interpretation or explanation of Contract Documents will not be made by the Owner. All such
inquiries shall be made to the Construction Manager’s office.
Bidders shall promptly notify the Owners representative: Gordon Upchurch of any ambiguity,
inconsistency or error which they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of
site and local conditions.
No oral, telephone or telegraphic instruction for information shall be binding on the Owner,
Architect, GC, or Bidder unless confirmed by Addendum.
ADDENDA
Any additional information required by the Bidders, revisions in the Work, changes or additions,
discrepancies in the Bidding Documents, or clarifications will be in the form of Addenda written
and issued by the Architect or Owner to all Prime Bidders of Record as of the date of such
Addenda.
Instructions to Bidders and Terms of the Contract
00 10 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
All Addenda issued prior to the time and date set for termination of bidding shall become a part of
the Bidding Documents and Bidders shall list by number and date on the form or proposal, all
Addenda which have been received by him prior to submittal of his bid. The lump sum proposal
amount shall include all work described by all such Addenda. It shall be the Bidder's
responsibility to determine that he has received all Addenda, since no extra costs will be allowed
by failure of the Bidder to do so.
SUBSTITUTIONS AND APPROVALS DURING BIDDING
Whenever products or materials are specified as "Standards" or they are otherwise named,
approval of other equal quality products shall be obtained by requesting in writing and presenting
for evaluation, no later than seven (7) days prior to the date set for receipt of bids. Conform to
process outlined in section 01631 of these specifications. There will be no substitutions “as
equal” after the bidding.
If approval is granted, product or material will be added by Addendum.
No direct reply will be made to any requests for changes, but any requested changes approved
by the Designer will be stated in an Addendum issued to all prime bidders.
All decisions of the Architect are final.
ELECTRONIC DRAWING USE
KRM will provide to the GC at request a disk containing the background drawings for the project
in AutoCad format. These drawings are not contract documents and are not certified to contain
only accurate information. They contain old layers, in-accuracies and the normal dated
information that is part of the design process. However the are being given to the contractor to
allow them to use them however they deem appropriate to reduce time in preparing submittals
and shop drawings. Prior to providing the disc the GC will be required to sign a release indicating
that it is understood that the drawings are not contract documents and the contractor is using
them at his own risk. The GC may forward the files to sub contractors and suppliers.
PRIME CONTRACTORS
All work for the complete construction of the Project will be under a single contract between the
Owner and the General Contractor based on the bids received and combinations awarded.
BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION
Each bidder, by making his bid, represents that he has read and understands the bidding
documents and the specification manual.
Each bidder by making his bid represents that he had visited the site and familiarized himself with
the local conditions under which the work is to be performed. He fully has analyzed the complex
structural demolition and all other aspects of this project.
No additional costs of any type will be allowed by the failure of the Bidder to avail himself of the
privilege of a complete and thorough on-site inspection.
INCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL ITEMS
Many of the items indicated in the plans and specifications are general in nature to describe the
scope of the work performed. It is the responsibility of The Contractors to supply all incidental
material items and labor required to provide a complete, properly functioning installation of each
component and/or system of the work described.
PRE-BID CONFERENCE
A pre-bid conference will be held as described in the Notice to Bidders. All bidding contractors,
sub-contractors and suppliers are encouraged to attend this conference. Bidders are not required
Instructions to Bidders and Terms of the Contract
00 10 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
to attend this conference, but are held responsible for any site conditions, or existing building
conditions, that are apparent to a site visit and for any matters discussed at this meeting. Meeting
minutes will be mailed via addendum.
CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION
This project will be under the direct control of the General Contractor (GC).
INDIANA STATE SALES TAX
Materials and supplies purchased for this project are not subject to sales tax
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
These construction documents and the joint and several phases of construction hereby
contemplated are to be governed, at all times, by applicable provisions of the federal laws, but
not limited to the latest amendments of the following:
Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety & Health Act of
1970, 29 U.S.C.ss651-678, and The Indiana Occupational
Safety Act, IC 22-8-1.1 et seq.
Part 1910-Occupational Safety & Health Standards,
Chapter XVII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations.
Part 15268-Safety & Health Regulations for Construction,
Chapter XVII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations.
The Contractors, Sub-Contractors, and their employees shall be solely responsible to conduct
their work in conformance with the regulations contained in The Act and as amended. All
material suppliers and manufacturers shall be fully aware of their responsibilities and the
requirements of the finished project under the regulations of this act, and as amended. Such
materials and fabricated products incorporated in this project shall, at the time of installation or
application, be in conformance with the regulations of this act, and as amended.
LABOR AND CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION OF THE WORK
Bidders are required to inform themselves fully of the conditions relating to construction and labor
under which the work will be performed, and the Contractor must employ as far as possible, such
methods and means in the carrying out of this work as will not cause any interruptions or
interference with any other contractors with whom the owner may wish to contract. During this
project, it is the owner’s intention to have a separate telephone, computer, and furnishings
contractor which will be working at the site intermittently.
COMPETITIVE CLAUSE
Where in these Specifications one or more certain materials, trade names, or articles of certain
manufacturers are mentioned, it is done for express purpose of establishing a basis of durability
and efficiency and not for the purpose of limiting competition. Other names of materials can be
used, if in the opinion of the Architect and Owner they are equal in durability and efficiency to
those mentioned and of design in harmony with the work as outlined and the Architect give a
written approval of a substitution before the articles and materials are included in the bid. Items
can be substituted only in accordance with the procedure outlined above for product substitution
before bidding.
BUILDING LAWS
All building construction work, alternates, repairs or mechanical installation and appliances
connected therewith shall comply with the Indiana Department of Fire Prevention and Building
Safety, regulations and local building code regulations, and such statutory regulations pertaining
to this type of work. Such rules and regulations are to be considered part of these Specifications.
Instructions to Bidders and Terms of the Contract
00 10 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
NO DAMAGES FOR DELAYS
If performance of work is delayed by the acts or omissions of the Owner, Architect, Engineer, or
by separate contractors, or by other causes not within the contractors control, Contractor shall be
limited to an extension of the Contract Time, which shall constitute the Contractor's sole and
exclusive remedy by reason of such delay and contractor shall have no right to receive any
additional compensation or damages as a result of any delays whatsoever.
COMPLIANCE
Contractor is aware of, is fully informed about, and in full compliance with its obligations
under existing applicable law and the regulations listed below:
a. Davis-Bacon Act (40 USC 276a to a07) as supplemented by Department of
Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5)
b. Copeland Anti-Kickback Act (18 USC 874) as supplemented in Department of
Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3)
c.
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, Sections 103 and 107 (40 USC
327-330) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5)
d. Executive Order 11246 of September 14, 1965 (Equal Employment Opportunity),
as amended by Executive Order 11375 of October 13, 1967
e. Sales and Use Tax –Indiana State Sales Tax: Materials and supplies purchased
for this project are NOT subject to sales tax. Owner will supply number to
successful bidder.”
SCOPE OF WORK
It is the intention of these Specifications and the drawings to coordinate and produce a complete
and useable building. Any items not specifically mentioned but required to achieve same shall be
included. See other sections in this manual for additional descriptions of the work.
OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT AND SELECT SUB-CONTRACTORS
The owner reserves the right to provide direction in the final selection of sub-contractors.
SUBMISSION OF SUPPLIERS AND SUB-CONTRACTORS
In addition to the information to be provided on the bid form, within 24 hours after the bid, the low
bidders are to submit to the Architect a complete list of sub-contractors, supplier and all products.
This includes the list provided in the mechanical and electrical section of these specification
manuals. This list shall not be varied from during the project except due to rejection or approval
by the owner.
PERMITS
The GC shall obtain all building permits. The Contractors or appropriate sub-contractors are
responsible for paying and securing other permits that may be required to complete to work of
each sub-contractors work. All inspection fees, tap fees, or other incidental costs required by
utility companies or the town/city shall be paid by the Contractor.
PREPARATION OF BID PROPOSAL FORMS
Bid proposals shall be submitted on the bid Form included in this specification booklet.
Please photo-copy the enclosed bid form for final use.
GUARANTEE
The Contractor shall guarantee all of his workmanship and materials referred to in these
Specifications and shall correct all defects discovered within two (2) years after date of final
Instructions to Bidders and Terms of the Contract
00 10 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
certificate, or longer if specifications require longer terms. Various components may require
significantly longer guarantees. If conflicting warranty information is found notify architects office
prior to bidding. The more extended period of warranty should be followed unless changed in
writing by the architect’s office. This includes all equipment and work related to any MEP scope
of the project. In cases where suppliers include a warranty period of longer than two (2) years this
shall continue after expiration of contractor’s period and will be coordinated directly between
owner and manufacture.
FINAL ACCEPTANCE
All documents, guarantees, final waivers, operating instructions (O&M Manuals), record
drawings, etc., called for in the Specifications and/or Contract, shall be submitted to the Architect
for review and approval and will then be turned over to the Owner. All items needing correcting
shall also be complete and found acceptable. This will constitute final acceptance of the project,
and The Contractor will be paid the balance of retainage withheld sixty-one (61) days after this
date, if everything is 100% complete.
VALUE OF CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS
The value of the O&M manuals, as built drawings and other close out documents shall constitute
40% of the retainage or 2% of the value of the contract. None of the final 2% will be released until
all final closeout documents have been submitted reviewed and accepted.
COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
The Contractor shall commence work immediately upon the issuance of the Notice to Proceed
from the Owner.
WORK SCHEDULE
The contractors are to comply with the schedule found in section 01 31 00. This will become part
of the contract.
CONTRACT TERMINATION
The Owner reserves the right to terminate the contract and withhold an amount of payment it
deems necessary if the contractor refuses to comply with the terms, conditions and specifications
of this contract and/or if found to be in violation of any Federal, State or local law and/or
ordinance.
BID BOND, PERFORMANCE BOND, AND PAYMENT BOND
When making a Procurement Award for the construction or improvement of facilities, and the
amount of the project expenditure exceeds $100,000, the following requirements will apply:




Each bidder will be required to provide a Bid Guarantee, which is a firm commitment in
the form of a Bid Bond, Certified Check, or other negotiable instrument accompanying
the bid as assurance that the bidder will execute the applicable contractual documents
within the specified period, if the bid is accepted. The amount of the Bid Bond shall be
5% of the bid value.
The award contractor will be required to execute a “Performance Bond” at 100% of the
contract price.
The award contractor will be required to execute a “Payment Bond” at 100% of the
contract price. A Payment Bond assures payment to all persons supplying labor and
material in connection with the work provided in the contract.
Obtain bonds under the contract from companies holding certificates of authority as
acceptable sureties pursuant to 31 CFR, part 223, “Surety Companies Doing Business
with the United States”.
GENERAL LIABILITY
Instructions to Bidders and Terms of the Contract
00 10 00 - 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Contractors must have current $1,000,000 per occurrence General Liability, and Workmen’s
Compensation Insurance to meet NC State statutory limits. The Certificate of Insurance must
show Telamon Corporation as an additional insured. This information must be type written on the
certificate. Sample language “Telamon Corporation, its officers, employees, agents, and
principals are additional insureds with respect to General Liability coverages on this form.” Any
engineering or architectural firm shall have Professional Liability Insurance in the amount of
$1,000,000 per occurrence.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
The GC shall prepare his requisition for payment as of the last day of the month and submit it,
with the required number of copies, to the Architect for approval. The amount of the payment due
the Contractor shall be determined by adding to the total value of work completed to date, the
value of materials properly stored on the site and deducting five percent (5%) of the total amount
to be retained until the project is 100% complete. Material being billed for if not on project site will
need to be accounted for by invoices, location material stored, and/or photographs as requested
by architect’s office. The total value of work completed to date shall be based on the estimated
quantities of work completed to date on each item and the unit prices established in the COST
BREAKDOWN and adjusted in accordance with the value of work completed to date on approved
change orders.
Partial lien waivers shall be submitted with each pay application.
Monthly or partial payments made by the Owner to the Contractor are monies advanced for the
purpose of assisting the Contractor to expedite the work of construction. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the care and protection of all materials and work upon which payments have been
made until final acceptance of such work and materials by the Owner. Such payments shall not
constitute a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract
and the delivery of all improvements embraced in this Contract complete and satisfactory to the
Owner in all details.
FINAL PAYMENT
After final inspection and acceptance by the Owner, of all work under the Contract, the Contractor
shall prepare a request for final payment which shall be based upon the carefully measured or
computed quantity of each item of work at the applicable unit prices stipulated in the Agreement.
The total amount of the final payment due the Contractor under this Contract shall be the lumpsum shown in the Agreement or this sum as adjusted by approved change orders. Final payment
to the Contractor shall be made subject to furnishing the Owner with a release in satisfactory
form of all claims against the Owner arising under and by virtue of the Contract, other than such
claims, if any, as may be specifically accepted by the Contractor from the operation of the
release.
The Owner, before paying the final payment may require the Contractor to furnish releases or
receipts from all subcontractors having performed any work and all persons having supplied
materials, equipment (installed on the project) and services to the Contractor, if the Owner deems
the same necessary in order to protect its interest. The Owner, however, may if it deems such
action advisable, make payment in part or in full to the Contractor without requiring the furnishing
of such releases or receipts and any payments so made shall in no way impair the obligations of
any surety or sureties furnished under this Contract. See other specification sections for
additional information.
WITHHOLDING PAYMENTS
The Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due to the Contractor so much as may be
necessary to protect the Owner and if it so elects may also withhold any amounts due from the
Contractor to any subcontractors or material dealers, for work performed or material furnished by
them. The foregoing provisions shall be construed solely for benefit of the Owner and will not
Instructions to Bidders and Terms of the Contract
00 10 00 - 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
require the Owner to determine or adjust any claims or disputes between the Contractor and his
subcontractors or material dealers, or to withhold any monies for their protection unless the
Owner elects to do so. The failure or refusal of the Owner to withhold any monies from the
Contractor shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties under any bond or
bonds furnished under this Contract.
BEHAVIOR ON OWNER PROPERTY
a. The General Contractor and each Subcontractor shall be responsible for enforcing the
project work rules among their employees.
b. Any persons on the project found to be under the influence of drugs or alcohol shall be
removed from the project immediately.
c. Tobacco products will not be permitted on the owner property.
d. Enforce strict discipline and good order among employees.
e. Labor shall be skilled in assigned task or trade.
f. Any harassment or fraternization with the staff, patients, or visitors will be grounds for
immediate dismissal from the jobsite.
g. Shoes, shirts and long pants will be worn at all times. Tennis shoes will not be proper attire
for this project.
h. Hard hats will be worn at all times, until finishing operations begin.
i. Clothing with inappropriate/obscene graphics and/or language will not be permitted.
j. Habitual profanity or offensive behavior will be grounds for immediate dismissal from the
jobsite.
k. Workers shall enter and exit the construction site at the designated entry.
l. Workers shall park in designated areas only.
m. The use of radios or other sound producing devices is prohibited.
n. Workers are to keep the project clean of personal litter. Areas used for breaks or lunch shall
be cleaned up immediately by those using the area.
o. Work breaks will not be permitted inside any existing facilities.
p. Workers are not to use the owners existing restroom facilities.
q. The activities of all construction workers shall be confined inside the construction limits
defined on the plans.
SEE ATTACHMENTS THAT FOLLOW THIS SECTION IMMEDIATELY:
Attachments:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
NOT USED
NOT USED
Telamon Corporation - Procurement Contract Provisions
Copeland Act Contract Provisions
Davis-Bacon Act Contract Provisions
U.S. Department of Labor – Payroll Certification WH-347
NOT USED
Unconditional Waiver and Release Upon Final Payment
Davis-Bacon Poster
Davis-Bacon Labor Rates
Instructions to Bidders and Terms of the Contract
00 10 00 - 7
CONTRACTORS BID
(To be completed for all bids)
(Please type or print)
TELAMON CORPORATION
TRC – ANDERSON HEAD START
Site upgrades and modular foundation
August 14th, 2014 – 2 PM
1. Bidder (Firm):_____________________________________________________________________
Address:___________________________________________________________________________
City/State:__________________________________________________________________________
2. Telephone Number:__________________________________________________________________
3. Person to contact regarding this Bid:____________________________________________________
4. Person to email regarding this Bid:_______________________________________________________
Pursuant to notices given, the undersigned offers to furnish labor and/or material necessary to complete the
work for this public works project.
BASE BID for demolition and remodel into Head Start facility
For the sum of ______________________________________________________________________________
(sum in words)
______________________________________________________DOLLARS ($_____________________________)
(sum in figures)
IN KIND CONTRIBUTION for Head Start facility remodel project
The Administration for Children and Families (ACF) requires all Head Start grantees such as Telamon Corporation
to provide contributions equal to 25% of their total Federal Head Start funding (or 20% of the total Federal and
non-Federal combined). Telamon Corporation is asking for an in-kind contribution from the General Contractor
that might range from 2%-10% of Base bid.
In-kind is defined as property or services that benefit a grant supported project or program (such as the Head
Start Program) and are contributed by non-Federal third parties without charge to the grantee. In-kind
contributions may consist of the value of real property and equipment and the value of goods and services
directly benefiting the grant program and specifically identifiable to it.
For the sum of ______________________________________________________________________________
(sum in words)
______________________________________________________DOLLARS ($_____________________________)
TOTAL BID: Base Bid minus In-Kind contributions
For the sum of ______________________________________________________________________________
(sum in words)
______________________________________________________DOLLARS ($_____________________________)
ADDENDUM: The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda:
Receipt of Addenda No.(s) ____________________________________________________________________
(List out Addendums received)
ALTERNATES: list out prices
$_______________________________ Alternate #1 – not used
$_______________________________ Alternate #2 – not used
PROPOSAL TIME
Bidder agrees that this Bid shall remain in force for a period of seventy (70) consecutive calendar days from the
due date, and Bids may be accepted or rejected during this period. Bids not accepted within seventy (70)
consecutive calendar days shall be deemed rejected.
Attended pre-bid conference
YES _____
NO _____
Has visited jobsite
YES _____
NO _____
Insert number of calendar days for the duration of the construction project. _____________ Days
The undersigned further agrees to furnish a bond or certified check with this Bid for an amount specified in the
Notice to Bidders. If Alternate Bids apply, submit a proposal for each in accordance with the Plans and
Specifications.
If additional units of material included in the contract are needed, the cost of units must be the same as that
shown in the original contract if accepted by the Governmental Unit. If the bid is to be awarded on a unit basis,
the itemization of the units shall be shown on a separate attachment.
The Contractor and his subcontractors, if any, shall not discriminate against or intimidate any employee, or
applicant for employment, to be employed in the performance of this contract, with respect to any matter
directly or indirectly related to employment because of race, religion, color, sex, national origin or ancestry.
Breach of this covenant may be regarded as a material breach of the contract.
CERTIFICATION OF USE OF UNITED STATES STEEL PRODUCTS
(If applicable)
I, the undersigned bidder or agent as a contractor on a public works project, understand my statutory
obligation to use steel products made in the United States. I.C. 5-16-8-2. I hereby certify that I and all
subcontractors employed by me for this project will use U.S. steel products on this project if awarded. I
understand that violations hereunder may result in forfeiture of contractual payments.
Name of Undersigned,or Bidder preparing bid:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Sign and Print)
SECTION: EXPERIENCE QUESTIONNAIRE
1.
What projects has your organization completed for the period of one (1) year prior to the date of the
current bid?
Contract Amount
2.
When
Completed
Name and Address of Owner
What projects are now in process of construction by your organization?
Contract Amount
3.
Class of Work
Class of Work
When to be
Completed
Name and Address of Owner
List (3) Three references for customers of which you have performed work
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
SECTION 00 35 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
The 2007 edition of A.I.A. Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction is
to be considered part of this Project manual as the General Conditions of each prime Contract
and is included on the following pages.
There are several specification sections in this specification manual that add additional
requirements to work described in the A201 document. Where additional work is described is to
be provided above that described in A201, the contractor is to provide the additional work.
Some provisions of the AIA General Conditions are changed as part of this specification manual
in supplementary general conditions and other sections. The specific changes listed in this
specification manual shall take precedence over the AIA General Conditions
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Applicable
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Applicable
END OF SECTION
A.I.A General Conditions
00 35 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
SECTION 00 80 00 - SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (for AIA 2007 A201)
PART 1 - GENERAL
The following Supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the
Contract for Construction, A.I.A. form A201
PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Add the following:
Affidavits and Waivers of Lien Requirements:
Concurrent with the submittal of each partial payment application for all work completed by the
Contractors, subcontractors and suppliers during the current period, the Contractor shall furnish
Affidavit and Waivers of Lien evidencing that all wages for labor and all invoices for material or
services which were the basis of and included in the previous partial payment have been paid in full.
Waivers of Lien shall show actual dollar amounts.
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
If hazardous materials such as asbestos or PCB's are encountered that are not anticipated in the
contract, the Contractor shall notify the Architect and Owner immediately and stop work in the area of
the hazardous material discovery. No additional cost shall be claimed due to this stoppage.
CHANGES IN THE WORK
The allowance for overhead and profit combined, included in the total cost to the Owner, shall be
based on the following schedule:
For the Contractor, for any work performed by his own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost.
For the Contractor, for work performed by his sub-contractor, five percent (5%) of the amount due the
Subcontractor.
For each Subcontractor involved, for any work performed by his own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of
the cost.
Cost shall be limited to the following:
Invoiced cost of materials, including cost of delivery, cost of labor, wages, fringes, payroll taxes and
insurance, rental value of power tools and equipment and bond premiums.
Overhead shall include the following:
Small tools, incidentals, supervision, general office expense and all other expenses not included in
"cost."
If the net value of a change results in a credit from the Contractor, the credit shall be the net cost,
without overhead or profit. The cost as used herein shall include all items of labor, materials, and
equipment.
Supplementary General Conditions
00 80 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
SECTION 00 80 00 - SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (for AIA 2007 A201)
PART 1 - GENERAL
The following Supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the
Contract for Construction, A.I.A. form A201
PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Add the following:
Affidavits and Waivers of Lien Requirements:
Concurrent with the submittal of each partial payment application for all work completed by the
Contractors, subcontractors and suppliers during the current period, the Contractor shall furnish
Affidavit and Waivers of Lien evidencing that all wages for labor and all invoices for material or
services which were the basis of and included in the previous partial payment have been paid in full.
Waivers of Lien shall show actual dollar amounts.
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
If hazardous materials such as asbestos or PCB's are encountered that are not anticipated in the
contract, the Contractor shall notify the Architect and Owner immediately and stop work in the area of
the hazardous material discovery. No additional cost shall be claimed due to this stoppage.
CHANGES IN THE WORK
The allowance for overhead and profit combined, included in the total cost to the Owner, shall be
based on the following schedule:
For the Contractor, for any work performed by his own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost.
For the Contractor, for work performed by his sub-contractor, five percent (5%) of the amount due the
Subcontractor.
For each Subcontractor involved, for any work performed by his own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of
the cost.
Cost shall be limited to the following:
Invoiced cost of materials, including cost of delivery, cost of labor, wages, fringes, payroll taxes and
insurance, rental value of power tools and equipment and bond premiums.
Overhead shall include the following:
Small tools, incidentals, supervision, general office expense and all other expenses not included in
"cost."
If the net value of a change results in a credit from the Contractor, the credit shall be the net cost,
without overhead or profit. The cost as used herein shall include all items of labor, materials, and
equipment.
Supplementary General Conditions
00 80 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so
minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete breakdown
of costs including labor, material and subcontracts. Labor and material shall be marked up in the
manner prescribed above. Where major cost items are subcontracts they shall be broken down also.
In no case will a change involving over $600 be approved without such a breakdown.
ARTICLE 4 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
RE 1.1.2 – delete (3) on line 6
RE: 1.1.2 – Add a 1.1.2.1 – This agreement will be amended to provide “No Lien” provisions.
RE: 1.2.2 – delete 1.2.2 in its entirety and replace with the following: Execution of the contract by the
Contractor is a representation that the contractor has visited the site, become familiar with the local
condition under which the construction is to be performed and the project constructed; is aware of the
possible problems inherent of the construction and the Project, and correlated these observations with
the requirements of the contract documents.
RE 1.2.4 – Add paragraph as follows: Should discrepancies appear among Contract documents
contractor shall request interpretation in writing before proceeding with the work. If contractor fails to
make such request, no excuse will thereafter be entertained for failure to carry out work in satisfactory
manner. Should conflict occur in or between drawings and specifications, Contractor is deemed to
have included the more expensive way of doing work in contractors bid unless Contractor shall have
asked for and obtained written decision before submission of Contractor bid Proposal as to which
method or material will be required.
RE 1.2.5 – Add paragraph as follows: When there is a conflict or discrepancy between a reference
standard and the specifications, the more stringent requirements shall apply.
RE 1.5.2 – Delete in entirety and replace with the following: Execution of the contract by the
Contractor is a representation that the contractor has visited the site, become familiar with the local
condition under which the construction is to be performed and the project constructed; is aware of the
possible problems inherent of the construction and the Project, and correlated these observations with
the requirements of the contract documents.
Delete paragraph 4.2.11
Modify paragraph 4.2.12 to read:
Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably
inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of Drawings.
CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
Delete "ARTICLE 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES" its entirety.
ARBITRATION
“Delete “ARTICLE 15.4 ARBITRATION” in its entirety and add the following:
16.1 The parties will attempt in good faith to resolve any controversy or claim arising out of or relating
to this agreement promptly by negotiations between senior executives of the parties who have
authority to settle the controversy (and preferably by executives who do not have direct responsibility
for administration of this Agreement).
Supplementary General Conditions
00 80 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
16.2 The disputing party shall give the other party written notice of the dispute specifying that it falls
within this dispute resolution paragraph. If agreed to by both parties the dispute will be submitted to
arbitration within the dispute resolution paragraph. If both parties do not agree the issue must be
solved though other processes. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of said notice, the receiving party
shall submit to the other a written response. The notice and response shall include (1) a statement of
each party's position and a summary of the evidence and arguments supporting its position, and (2)
the name and title of the executive who will represent that party. The executives shall meet in at a
mutually acceptable time and place within thirty (30) days of the date of the disputing party's notice
and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary to exchange relevant information and to
attempt to resolve the dispute.
16.3 If agreed to by both parties the claim will be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Center
for Public Resources Model Procedure for Mediation of Business Disputes.
16.4 If the matter has not been resolved pursuant to the aforesaid mediation procedure within sixty
(60) days of the initiation of such procedure, or if either party will not participate in a mediation, the
controversy shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Center for Public Resources Rules
for Non-Administered Arbitration of Business Disputes, by one arbitrator. The arbitrator shall be
selected from the CPR Panel of Distinguished Neutrals and agreed to by both parties. During the
selection process, both parties shall disclose their contacts or the contacts of their counsel with the
arbitrators being considered. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9
U.S.C. 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court
having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be a mutually agreeable site in the County
Seat of projects location. The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of actual
damages, including punitive damages.
16.5 All deadlines specified in this Article 4.5 may be extended by mutual agreement.
16.6 During arbitration proceedings, the Owner and Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 3.7.4
16.7 No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolidation
or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by
written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner,
Contractor, owner’s consulting architect and any other person or entity sought to be joined.
No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the
Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially
involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be
accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor
as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an
arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an
additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a dispute not described therein
or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and
other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the
Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction
thereof.
16.8 The procedures specified in this Article 4.5 shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the
resolution of disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement; provided,
however, that a party may seek a preliminary injunction or other preliminary judicial relief in a court
located in Indiana if in its judgment such action is necessary to avoid irreparable damage. Should
any party to this Agreement initiate litigation, such suit shall be brought in a court located in the State
of Indiana. All applicable statutes of limitation shall be tolled while the procedures specified in this
Article 4.5 are pending. The parties will take such action, if any, required to effectuate such tolling.
ARTICLE 5
Supplementary General Conditions
00 80 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Delete item 5.4.2
ARTICLE 7
Delete item 7.3.8
ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE
Delete Article 11 in its entirety and replace with the following:
Section 11.a. Contractor's Liability Insurance. The Contractors shall purchase and maintain such
insurance as will protect him from the claims set forth below, any or all of which may arise out of or
result from the operations of the Contractor, his Subcontractors, and anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, whether on or
adjacent to the Project or elsewhere:
(a) claims under Worker's Compensation and Occupational Diseases Acts and any other employee
benefits acts applicable to the performance of the Work;
(b) claims for damages because of bodily injury and personal injury, including death; and
(c) claims for damage to property.
The Contractor's general liability insurance shall also provide coverage for the following and will name
as an additional named insured the Owner.
(a) contractual liability insurance as applicable to any held harmless agreements in the Contract;
(b) completed operations
(c) broad form property coverage for property in the care, custody, or control of the Contractor.
Such insurance shall specifically include coverage for property damage, bodily injury and personal
injury from explosion, collapse, and underground operations.
(a) Workers' Compensation
Statutory
Employers Liability:
Bodily Injury by accident, each accident
Bodily Injury by disease, each employee
Bodily Injury by disease, aggregate
$ 500,000
500,000
500,000
(b) General Liability
1) If insured under Comprehensive General Liability Form:
Bodily injury, property damage combined single limit $1,000,000
2) If insured under Commercial General Liability Form:
$1,000,000
Bodily injury, property damage
Supplementary General Conditions
00 80 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Products and Completed Operations Aggregate
General Aggregate
$1,000,000
$ 2,000,000
Commercial General Liability form must include
"Aggregate Per Project" endorsement.
(c) Automobile Liability
Bodily injury and property damage combined single limit
(d) Excess Liability (Umbrella)
$1,000,000
$5,000,000
Section 11.B. Certificates to be Filed With Owner. Certificates of Insurance shall be filed with the
Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These certificates shall contain a provision that
coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled until at least fifteen (15) days after prior
written notice has been given to the Owner.
Section 11.C. Property Insurance.
The Contractors and Subcontractors shall provide their own insurance for their materials, equipment,
and tools.
Section 11.D. Waiver of Rights. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other for
damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance provided under Article. The
Contractor shall require similar waivers from Subcontractors.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
Not Applicable.
PART 3: EXECUTION
Not Applicable.
END OF SECTION
Supplementary General Conditions
00 80 00 - 5
Attachment C
TELAMON CORPORATION
Transition Resources Corporation
Procurement Contract Provisions
The following provisions, as applicable, are conditions and assurances agreed and certified to by the
contractor upon acceptance of a contract to provide certain goods or services, and are made part thereof.
1. The contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive
Order 1246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and as supplemented by regulations at 41 CFR Part 60, “Office of
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.”
2. All contracts and subgrants in excess of $2000 for construction or repair of facilities awarded by recipients and subrecipients
are subject to the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act, 18 U.S.C. 874, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations, (29 CFR
Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from
the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient shall be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any
person employed in the construction, completion or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which s/he
is otherwise entitled.
3. When required by Federal program legislation, all construction contracts awarded by recipients and subrecipients of more
than $2000 are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act, (40 U.S.C., 276a to a-7) and as supplemented by Dept of Labor regulations (29
CFR part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Governing Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”.
Under this Act contractors are required to pay wages to laborer and mechanics at a rate not less than the minimum wages
specified in the current wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors are required to pay wages
not less than once a week. Copies of these provisions are attached and made part of this contract.
Weekly payroll information recorded on Optional Form WH-347 or its equivalent (also attached)
must be submitted to the local Telamon project official for inclusion with billing information.
4. Where applicable, all contracts awarded by recipients in excess of $2000 for construction contracts and in excess of $2500 for
other contracts that involve the employment of laborers or mechanics are required to comply with sections 102 and 107 of the
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (40 U.S.C. 327-333) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29
CFR part 5). Section 102 requires the contractor to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard,
work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the payment of wages in excess
of 40 hours at 1 ½ times the basic pay rate. Section 107 provides that no laborer or mechanic shall be required to work in
surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous.
5. Any inventions resulting from experimental, developmental or research work shall be subject to 37 CFR part 401, “Rights to
Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative
Agreements.”
6. Recipients of contracts and subgrants in excess of $100,000 agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or
regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act, (42 U.S.C., 7401 et seq.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as
amended (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.).
7. Contractors who bid for an award of more than $100,000 must file, with Telamon, a certification of compliance with
restrictions of the Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment, (31 U.S.C., 1352), that it has not and will not use federally appropriated
funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence a member of Congress, officer or employee of
Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any federal contract, grant or other award
covered by the amendment. Contractors shall also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection
with obtaining any Federal award.
8. Contractors shall certify that they are not prohibited from receiving procurement awards pursuant to Executive Orders 12549
and 12689, “Debarment and Suspension”, and do not appear on the General Services Administration’s “List of Parties Excluded
from Federal Procurement or Nonprocurement Programs.”
9. Contractors shall provide a current Certificate of Insurance naming Telamon Corporation as an additional insured
and which verifies general liability and Workers Compensation coverage. In West Virginia in lieu of a Workers Compensation
certificate of insurance, a valid current Certificate of coverage from the WV Workers Compensation Commission is required.
CONTRACTOR: _______________________
DATE: _________________________
By:
Title: _________________________
_______________________________
Davis-Bacon Act Contract Provisions
(1)
Minimum wages:
(i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or under the United States Housing
Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), will be paid
unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account
(except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the
Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents
thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the
Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship
which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics.
Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the
Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics,
subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred
for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the
particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such
laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for
the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in Sec. 5.5(a)(4).
Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified
for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided that the employer’s payroll records
accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination
(including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section) and
the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site
of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers.
(ii) (A) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not
listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance
with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and
fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met:
(1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage
determination; and
(2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and
(3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage
rates contained in the wage determination.
(B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their
representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting
officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S.
Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve,
modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting
officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives,
and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the
views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for
determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of
receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that
additional time is necessary.
(D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) (B) or (C)
of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first
day on which work is performed in the classification.
Page 1 of 6
Attachment E
(iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a
fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in
the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
(iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part
of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide
fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written
request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary
of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations
under the plan or program.
(2)
Withholding:
Telamon Corporation shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative
of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or
any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract
subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so
much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and
mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any
subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any
laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of
the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the
construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, the
(Agency) may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as
may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until
such violations have ceased.
(3)
Payrolls and basic records:
(i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and
preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or
under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or
development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each
such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs
anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b) (2) (B) of
the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid.
Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic
include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in
section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment
to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or
program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the
costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or
trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs
and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates
prescribed in the applicable programs.
(ii) (A) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all
payrolls to the (write in name of appropriate Federal agency) if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the
agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case
may be, for transmission to the (write in name of agency). The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and
completely all of the information required to be maintained under Sec. 5.5(a) (3) (i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5.
This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and
may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of
copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.
Page 2 of 6
Attachment E
(B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a “Statement of Compliance,” signed by the contractor or
subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the
contract and shall certify the following:
(1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under Sec.
5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR Part 5 and that such information is correct and complete;
(2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract
during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or
indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned,
other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3;
(3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or
cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage
determination incorporated into the contract.
(C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form
WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the “Statement of Compliance” required by paragraph
(a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.
(D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or
criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code.
(iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section available
for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the (write the name of the agency) or the
Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the
job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal
agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be
necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to
submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action
pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
(4)
Apprentices and trainees:
(i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they
performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program
registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship
Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a
person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an
apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the
Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where
appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to
journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor
as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate,
who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on
the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing
work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the
applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing
construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates
(expressed in percentages of the journeyman’s hourly rate) specified in the contractor’s or subcontractor’s
registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the
registered program for the apprentice’s level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate
specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the
provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits,
apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable
classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice
classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of
Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the
Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize
apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is
approved.
Page 3 of 6
Attachment E
(ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined
rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which
has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and
Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted
under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less
than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee’s level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the
journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in
accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits,
trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator
of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the
corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits
for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a
training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable
wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee
performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less
than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the
Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer
be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an
acceptable program is approved.
(iii) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in
conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29
CFR part 30.
(5)
Compliance with Copeland Act requirements:
The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated by
reference in this contract.
(6)
Subcontracts:
The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR
5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Department of Labor may by appropriate
instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower
tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or
lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5.
(7)
Contract termination: debarment:
A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for
debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
Page 4 of 6
Attachment E
(8)
Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements:
All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3,
and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
(9)
Disputes concerning labor standards:
Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general
disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of
the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this
clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting
agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.
(10) Certification of eligibility:
(i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has
an interest in the contractor’s firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of
section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
(ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract
by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
(iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
(11) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act:
(i) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may
require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic
in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek
unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate
of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.
(ii) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in
paragraph (11)(i) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the
unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of
work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for
liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or
mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (11)(i) of
this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work
in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause
set forth in paragraph (11)(i) of this section.
(iii) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. Telamon Corporation shall upon its own action or upon
written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from
any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or
any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be
determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and
liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (11)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph
(11)(i) through (iv) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any
lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower
tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (11)(i) through (iv) of this section.
Page 5 of 6
Attachment E
(12) Record Retention and Maintenance:
In addition to the clauses contained in paragraph (11) the contractor or subcontractor shall maintain
payrolls and basic payroll records during the course of the work and shall preserve them for a period of
three years from the completion of the contract for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and
watchmen, working on the contract. Such records shall contain the name and address of each such
employee, social security number, correct classifications, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly
number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Further, the records to be
maintained under this paragraph shall be made available by the contractor or subcontractor for
inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of
Telamon Corporation, the Department of Labor, or any other duly authorized representative and the
contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview employees during working
hours on the job.
Page 6 of 6
Attachment E
U.S. Department of Labor
PAYROLL
Wage and Hour Division
(For Contractor's Optional Use; See Instructions at www.dol.gov/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm)
Rev. Dec. 2008
Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
NAME OF CONTRACTOR
ADDRESS
OR SUBCONTRACTOR
NAME AND INDIVIDUAL IDENTIFYING NUMBER
(e.g., LAST FOUR DIGITS OF SOCIAL SECURITY
NUMBER) OF WORKER
(2)
(3)
WORK
CLASSIFICATION
(4) DAY AND DATE
(5)
(6)
(7)
HOURS WORKED EACH DAY
TOTAL
HOURS
RATE
OF PAY
GROSS
AMOUNT
EARNED
OT. OR ST.
(1)
PROJECT OR CONTRACT NO.
PROJECT AND LOCATION
FOR WEEK ENDING
NO. OF
WITHHOLDiNG
EXEMPTIONS
PAYROLL NO.
OMB No.: 1235-0008
Expires: 01/31/2015
(9)
(8)
DEDUCTIONS
FICA
WITHHOLDING
TAX
OTHER
NET
WAGES
TOTAL
PAID
DEDUCTIONS FOR WEEK
O
S
O
S
O
S
O
S
O
S
O
S
O
S
O
S
While completion of Form WH-347 is optional, it is mandatory for covered contractors and subcontractors performing work on Federally financed or assisted construction contracts to respond to the information collection contained in 29 C.F.R. §§ 3.3, 5.5(a). The Copeland Act
(40 U.S.C. § 3145) contractors and subcontractors performing work on Federally financed or assisted construction contracts to "furnish weekly a statement with respect to the wages paid each employee during the preceding week." U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) regulations at
29 C.F.R. § 5.5(a)(3)(ii) require contractors to submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the Federal agency contracting for or financing the construction project, accompanied by a signed "Statement of Compliance" indicating that the payrolls are correct and complete and that each laborer
or mechanic has been paid not less than the proper Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rate for the work performed. DOL and federal contracting agencies receiving this information review the information to determine that employees have received legally required wages and fringe benefits.
Public Burden Statement
We estimate that is will take an average of 55 minutes to complete this collection, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. If you have
any comments regarding these estimates or any other aspect of this collection, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S3502, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20210
(over)
Date
I,
(b) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID IN CASH
(Name of Signatory Party)
−
(Title)
do hereby state:
(1) That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by
(c) EXCEPTIONS
on the
(Contractor or Subcontractor)
EXCEPTION (CRAFT)
EXPLANATION
; that during the payroll period commencing on the
(Building or Work)
day of
Each laborer or mechanic listed in the above referenced payroll has been paid,
as indicated on the payroll, an amount not less than the sum of the applicable
basic hourly wage rate plus the amount of the required fringe benefits as listed
in the contract, except as noted in section 4(c) below.
,
, and ending the
day of
,
,
all persons employed on said project have been paid the f ull weekly wages earned, that no rebates have
been or will be made either directly or indirectly to or on behalf of said
(Contractor or Subcontractor)
from the full
weekly wages earned by any person and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly
from the full wages earned by any person, other than permissible deductions as defined in Regulations, Part
3 (29 C.F.R. Subtitle A), issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act, as amended (48 Stat. 948,
63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967; 76 Stat. 357; 40 U.S.C. § 3145), and described below:
REMARKS:
(2) That any payrolls otherwise under this contract required to be submitted for t he above period are
correct and complete; that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics contained therein are not less than the
applicable wage rates contained in any wage determination incorporated into the contract; that the classifications
set forth therein for each laborer or mechanic conform with the work he performed.
(3) That any apprentices employed in the above period are duly registered in a bona fide apprenticeship
program registered with a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and
Training, United States Department of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a State, are registered
with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department of Labor.
(4) That:
(a) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID TO APPROVED PLANS, FUNDS, OR PROGRAMS
−
in addition to the basic hourly wage rates paid to each laborer or mechanic listed in
the above referenced payroll, payments of fringe benefits as listed in the contract
have been or will be made to appropriate programs for the benefit of such employees,
except as noted in section 4(c) below.
NAME AND TITLE
SIGNATURE
THE WILLFUL FALSIFICATION OF ANY OF THE ABOVE STATEMENTS MAY SUBJECT THE CONTRACTOR OR
SUBCONTRACTOR TO CIVIL OR CRIMINAL PROSECUTION. SEE SECTION 1001 OF TITLE 18 AND SECTION 231 OF TITLE
31 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE.
Note: These Instructions may be found online at www.dol.gov. From the DOL home page, follow the sequence of links
listed below in yellow to find the Instructions page.
April 1, 2003
DOL Home > ESA > WHD > Forms > WH-347 Instructions
Instructions For Completing Payroll Form, WH-347
General: The use of the WH-347 payroll form is not mandatory. This form has been made available for the convenience of
contractors and subcontractors required by their Federal or Federally aided construction-type contracts and subcontracts to
submit weekly payrolls. Properly filled out, this form will satisfy the requirements of Regulations, Parts 3 and 5 (29 CFR,
Subtitle A), as to payrolls submitted in connection with contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon and related Acts.
This form meets needs resulting from the amendment of Davis-Bacon Act to include fringe benefits provisions. Under this
amended law, the contractor is required to pay not less than fringe benefits as predetermined by the Department of Labor, in
addition to payment of not less than the predetermined rates. The contractor's obligation to pay fringe benefits may be met
either by payment of the fringes to the various plans, funds or programs or by making these payments to the employees as
cash in lieu of fringes.
This payroll provides for the contractor's showing on the face of the payroll all monies to the employees, whether as basic
rates or as cash in lieu of fringes and provides for the contractor's representation in the statement of compliance on the rear of
the payroll that he is paying to other fringes required by the contract and not paid as cash in lieu of fringes. Detailed
instructions concerning the preparation of the payroll follow:
Contractor or Subcontractor: Fill in your firm's name and check appropriate box.
Address: Fill in your firm's address.
Column 1 - Name, Address, and Social Security Number of Employee: The employee's full name and Social Security
Number must be shown on each weekly payroll submitted. The employee's address must also be shown on the payroll
covering the first week in which the employee works on the project. The address need not be shown on subsequent weekly
payrolls unless the address changes.
Column 2 - Withholding Exemptions: This column is merely inserted for the employer's convenience and is not a
requirement of Regulations, Part 3 and 5.
Column 3 - Work Classifications: List classification descriptive of work actually performed by employees. Consult
classification and minimum wage schedule set forth in contract specifications. If additional classifications are deemed
necessary, see Contracting Officer or Agency representative. Employee may be shown as having worked in more than one
classification provided accurate breakdown or hours so worked is maintained and shown on submitted payroll by use of
separate entries.
Column 4 - Hours worked: On all contracts subject to the Contract Work Hours Standard Act enter as overtime hours
worked in excess of 8 hours per day and 40 hours a week.
Column 5 - Total: Self-explanatory
Column 6 - Rate of Pay, including Fringe Benefits: In straight time box, list actual hourly rate paid the employee for
straight time worked plus in cash in lieu of fringes paid the employee. When recording the straight time hourly rate, any cash
paid in lieu of fringes may be shown separately from the basic rate, thus $3.25/.40. This is of assistance in correctly computing
overtime. See "Fringe Benefits" below. In overtime box shown overtime hourly rate paid, plus any cash in lieu of fringes paid
the employee. See "Fringe Benefits" below. Payment of not less than time and one-half the basic or regular rate paid is
required for overtime under the Contract Work Hours Standard Act of 1962. In addition to paying no less than the
predetermined rate for the classification which the employee works, the contractor shall pay to approved plans, funds or
Attachment F
programs or shall pay as cash in lieu of fringes amounts predetermined as fringe benefits in the wage decision made part of the
contract. See "FRINGE BENEFITS" below.
FRINGE BENEFITS - Contractors who pay all required fringe benefits: A contractor who pays fringe benefits to
approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts not less than were determined in the applicable wage decision of the Secretary
of labor shall continue to show on the face of the payroll the basic cash hourly rate and overtime rate paid to his employees
just as he has always done. Such a contractor shall check paragraph 4(a) of the statement on the reverse of the payroll to
indicate that he is also paying to approved plans, funds or programs not less than the amount predetermined as fringe benefits
for each craft. Any exceptions shall be noted in section 4(c).
Contractors who pay no fringe benefits: A contractor who pays no fringe benefits shall pay to the employee, and insert in
the straight time hourly rate column of the payroll, an amount not less than the predetermined rate for each classification plus
the amount of fringe benefits determined for each classification in the applicable wage decision. Inasmuch as it is not
necessary to pay time and a half on cash paid in lieu of fringes, the overtime rate shall be not less than the sum of the basic
predetermined rate, plus the half time premium on basic or regular rate, plus the required cash in lieu of fringes at the straight
time rate. In addition, the contractor shall check paragraph 4(b) of the statement on the reverse of the payroll to indicate that
he is paying fringe benefits in cash directly to his employees. Any exceptions shall be noted in Section 4(c).
Use of Section 4(c), Exceptions
Any contractor who is making payment to approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts less than the wage determination
requires is obliged to pay the deficiency directly to the employees as cash in lieu of fringes. Any exceptions to Section 4(a) or
4(b), whichever the contractor may check, shall be entered in section 4(c). Enter in the Exception column the craft, and enter
in the Explanation column the hourly amount paid the employee as cash in lieu of fringes and the hourly amount paid to plans,
funds, or programs as fringes. The contractor shall pay, and shall show that he is paying to each such employee for all hours
(unless otherwise provided by applicable determination) worked on Federal or Federally assisted project an amount not less
than the predetermined rate plus cash in lieu of fringes as shown in Section 4(c). The rate paid and amount of cash paid in lieu
of fringe benefits per hour should be entered in column 6 on the payroll. See paragraph on "Contractors who pay no fringe
benefits" for computation of overtime rate.
Column 7 - Gross Amount Earned: Enter gross amount earned on this project. If part of the employees' weekly wage was
earned on projects other than the project described on this payroll, enter in column 7 first the amount earned on the Federal or
Federally assisted project and then the gross amount earned during the week on all projects, thus $63.00/$120.00.
Column 8 - Deductions: Five columns are provided for showing deductions made. If more than five deductions should be
involved, use first 4 columns; show the balance deductions under "Other" column; show actual total under "Total Deductions"
column: and in the attachment to the payroll describe the deduction contained in the "Other" column. All deductions must be
in accordance with the provisions of the Copeland Act Regulations, 29 CFR, Part 3. If the employee worked on other jobs in
addition to this project, show actual deductions from his weekly gross wage, but indicate that deductions are based on his
gross wages.
Column 9 - Net Wages Paid for Week: Self-explanatory
Totals - Space has been left at the bottom of the columns so that totals may be shown if the contractor so desires.
Statement Required by Regulations, Parts 3 and 5: While this form need not be notarized, the statement on the back of the
payroll is subject to the penalties provided by 18 USV 1001, namely, possible imprisonment of 5 years or $10,000.00 fine or
both. Accordingly, the party signing this statement should have knowledge of the facts represented as true.
Space has been provided between items (1) and (2) of the statement for describing any deductions made. If all deductions
made are adequately described in the "Deductions" column above, state "See Deductions column in this payroll." See
paragraph entitled "FRINGE BENEFITS" above for instructions concerning filling out paragraph 4 of the statement.
U.S. Department of Labor
Frances Perkins Building
200 Constitution Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20210
1-866-4-USWAGE
TTY: 1-866-487-9243
Attachment F
UNCONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE
UPON FINAL PAYMENT
The undersigned has been paid in full for all labor, services, equipment or material furnished to
Telamon Corporation for the job located at: ____________________________________________
except for final payment of $__________________ and does hereby release any right to a mechanic's
lien, stop notice, or any right against a labor and material bond on the job.
This document also releases ________________________________ from liability with subcontractors
(Contractor)
signed below.
Dated: ______________
Company Name: ________________________________
_____________________________________
Signature of Authorized Person
_________________________
Title
NOTICE TO PERSONS SIGNING THIS WAIVER: This document waives your rights
unconditionally and states that you have been paid for giving up those rights. This document is
enforceable against you if you sign it, even if you have not been paid.
THE UNDERSIGNED HAVE PERFORMED/PROVIDED EITHER LABOR, SERVICES,
EQUIPMENT, OR MATERIALS ON THE PROJECT DESCRIBED ABOVE AND HAVE
BEEN PAID IN FULL TO DATE
___________________________________
(Company Name)
_______________________________________________
(Signature of Subcontractor)
______________________
(Title)
___________________________________
(Company Name)
_____________
(Date)
________________________________________________
(Signature of Subcontractor)
______________________
(Title)
___________________________________
(Company Name)
_____________
(Date)
________________________________________________
(Signature of Subcontractor)
______________________
(Title)
___________________________________
(Company Name)
_____________
(Date)
______________________
(Title)
Exhibit H
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Attachment C
General Decision Number: IN140002 06/20/2014 IN2
Superseded General Decision Number: IN20130002
State: Indiana
Construction Type: Building
Counties: Adams, Allen, Bartholomew, Benton, Blackford,
Boone, Carroll, Cass, Clinton, DeKalb, Delaware, Fountain,
Fulton, Grant, Hamilton, Hancock, Hendricks, Howard,
Huntington, Jay, Johnson, Madison, Marion, Miami, Monroe,
Montgomery, Morgan, Noble, Shelby, Steuben, Tippecanoe, Tipton,
Wabash, Warren, Wells, White and Whitley Counties in Indiana.
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION(does not include single family homes and
apartments up to and including 4 stories)
Modification Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Publication Date
01/03/2014
01/17/2014
02/14/2014
02/28/2014
04/04/2014
05/09/2014
05/23/2014
06/06/2014
06/13/2014
06/20/2014
ASBE0018-004 06/01/2013
BARTHOLOMEW, BENTON, BOONE, CARROLL, CLINTON, DELAWARE,
FOUNTAIN, HAMILTON, HANCOCK, HENDRICKS, HOWARD, JOHNSON,
MADISON, MARION, MONROE, MONTGOMERY, MORGAN, SHELBY,
TIPPECANOE, TIPTON, AND WARREN COUNTIES:
Rates
ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST
INSULATOR (includes
application of all insulating
materials, protective
coverings, coatings and
finishings to all types of
mechanical systems)..............$ 31.23
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL HANDLER
(includes preparation,
wettings, stripping, removal,
scrapping, vacuuming, bagging
& disposing of all
insulation materials, whether
they contain asbestos or not,
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Fringes
15.45
1/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
from mechanical systems).........$ 18.75
9.70
---------------------------------------------------------------ASBE0041-002 03/01/2014
ADAMS, ALLEN, BLACKFORD, DE KALB, GRANT, HUNTINGTON, JAY,
MIAMI, NOBLE, STEUBEN, WABASH, WELLS AND WHITLEY COUNTIES:
Rates
Fringes
ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST
INSULATOR (includes
application of all insulating
materials, protective
coverings, coatings and
finishings to all types of
mechanical systems)..............$ 29.43
14.60
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL HANDLER
(includes preparation,
wettings, stripping, removal,
scrapping, vaccuming, bagging
& disposing of all insulation
materials, whether they
contain asbestos or not, from
mechanical systems)..............$ 21.15
12.20
---------------------------------------------------------------ASBE0075-003 06/01/2013
CASS, FULTON and WHITE COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST
INSULATOR (includes
application of all insulating
materials, protective
coverings, coatings and
finishings to all types of
mechanical systems)..............$ 31.40
17.54
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL HANDLER
(includes preparation,
wetting, stripping, removal,
scrapping, vaccuming, bagging
& disposing of all insulation
materials, whether they
contain asbestos or not, from
mechanical systems)..............$ 25.80
12.10
---------------------------------------------------------------BOIL0374-002 01/01/2013
Rates
Fringes
BOILERMAKER......................$ 33.78
25.19
---------------------------------------------------------------BRIN0003-001 06/01/2013
INDIANAPOLIS
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
2/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
BOONE, HANCOCK, HENDRICKS, JOHNSON, MARION, MONTGOMERY, MORGAN
and SHELBY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Bricklayer, Stone Mason,
Pointer, Caulking................$ 30.06
11.11
TERRAZZO FINISHER................$ 19.07
7.06
TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER...........$ 29.57
10.96
Tile & Marble Finisher...........$ 19.96
7.07
Tile, Marble Setter..............$ 28.98
10.85
---------------------------------------------------------------BRIN0004-004 06/01/2013
FORT WAYNE
ADAMS, ALLEN, DEKALB, HUNTINGTON, NOBLE, STEUBEN, WELLS AND
WHITLEY COUNTIES:
Rates
Fringes
BRICKLAYER (STONE MASON,
MARBLE MASONS, POINTER,
CLEANER, AND CAULKER)............$ 28.77
12.49
Terrazzo Grinder Finisher........$ 24.21
9.10
Terrazzo Worker Mechanic.........$ 28.52
11.20
Tile Setter & Marble Mason
Mechanic.........................$ 25.80
11.01
Tile, Marble & Terrazzo
Finisher.........................$ 21.07
9.07
---------------------------------------------------------------BRIN0004-021 06/01/2013
BLOOMINGTON
BARTHOLOMEW and MONROE COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Bricklayer, Stonemason...........$ 27.45
10.65
TERRAZZO FINISHER................$ 18.00
4.10
TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER...........$ 27.80
7.07
Tile & Marble Finisher...........$ 18.82
4.10
Tile & Marble Setter; Mosaic
Worker...........................$ 27.27
6.97
---------------------------------------------------------------BRIN0011-001 06/01/2013
LAFAYETTE
BENTON, CARROLL, CLINTON, FOUNTAIN, TIPPECANOE, WARREN and
WHITE COUNTIES
Rates
Bricklayer, Stonemason,
Pointer, Caulker & Cleaner.......$ 27.13
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Fringes
14.17
3/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
TERRAZZO FINISHER................$ 19.07
7.06
TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER...........$ 29.57
10.96
Tile & Marble Finisher...........$ 19.96
7.07
Tile & Marble Setter; Mosaic
Worker...........................$ 28.98
10.85
---------------------------------------------------------------BRIN0018-001 06/01/2013
SOUTH BEND CHAPTER: CASS, FULTON, GRANT, HOWARD, MIAMI and
WABASH COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Bricklayer, Stonemason,
Pointer, Caulker & Cleaner.......$ 27.61
12.14
Terrazzo Worker Finisher.........$ 28.79
10.42
TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER...........$ 29.41
13.18
Tile & Marble Finisher...........$ 27.79
10.42
Tile, Marble Setter..............$ 28.41
13.18
---------------------------------------------------------------BRIN0019-001 06/01/2013
MUNCIE CHAPTER
BLACKFORD, DELAWARE, HAMILTON, JAY, MADISON AND TIPTON COUNTIES:
Rates
Fringes
Bricklayer, Stonemason,
Pointer, Caulker & Cleaner.......$ 28.65
12.83
TERRAZZO FINISHER................$ 19.07
7.06
TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER...........$ 29.57
10.96
Tile & Marble Finisher...........$ 19.96
7.07
Tile & Marble Setter; Mosaic
Worker...........................$ 28.98
10.85
---------------------------------------------------------------* CARP0111-001 06/01/2014
BARTHOLOMEW, JOHNSON (Townships of Union, Hensley, Franklin,
Nineva, Needham and Blue River), SHELBY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Carpenters:
Carpenters, Drywall
Insallers, Piledrivers......$ 26.13
15.79
Millwrights.................$ 26.94
17.97
Soft Floor Layers...........$ 26.05
13.30
---------------------------------------------------------------* CARP0215-001 06/01/2014
BENTON, CARROLL, CLINTON, TIPPECANOE, WARREN AND WHITE
COUNTIES:
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
4/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Rates
Fringes
CARPENTER........................$ 27.81
16.75
MILLWRIGHT.......................$ 27.97
17.02
---------------------------------------------------------------* CARP0232-001 06/01/2014
ALLEN, DEKALB, NOBLE, STEUBEN and WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Carpenter & Piledrivermen........$ 23.97
15.65
---------------------------------------------------------------* CARP0615-001 06/01/2014
ADAMS, CASS, FULTON, GRANT, HOWARD, HUNTINGTON, MIAMI, TIPTON,
WABASH and WELLS COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Carpenter & Piledrivermen........$ 24.70
15.89
---------------------------------------------------------------* CARP0912-001 06/01/2014
Rates
Fringes
CARPENTER
BLACKFORD, DELAWARE, JAY
AND MADISON COUNTIES
Carpenters, Drywall........$ 27.32
15.79
Millwrights................$ 26.94
17.97
Soft Floor Layers..........$ 26.05
13.30
BOONE, FOUNTAIN,
HENDRICKS, MONROE,
MONTGOMERY AND MORGAN
COUNTIES
Carpenters, Drywall........$ 27.61
1579
Millwrights................$ 26.94
17.97
Soft Floor Layers..........$ 26.05
13.30
---------------------------------------------------------------* CARP0912-002 06/01/2014
HAMILTON, HANCOCK, JOHNSON (Townships of White River, Pleasant
and Clark), MARION
Rates
Fringes
Carpenters:
Carpenters, Drywall
Installers, Piledrivers.....$ 29.12
15.79
Millwrights.................$ 26.94
17.97
Soft Floor Layers...........$ 26.05
13.30
---------------------------------------------------------------* CARP1029-001 06/01/2014
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
5/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
ADAMS, ALLEN, CASS, DEKALB, ELKHART, FULTON, GRANT, HOWARD,
HUNTINGTON, KOSCIUSKO, LAGRANGE, MARSHALL, MIAMI, NOBLE, ST.
JOSEPH, STEUBEN, TIPTON, WABASH, WELLS and WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
MILLWRIGHT.......................$ 25.16
19.77
---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0305-003 01/01/2014
ADAMS, ALLEN, DE KALB, HUNTINGTON, NOBLE, STEUBEN, WELLS, and
WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 30.18
14.86
---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0481-005 06/01/2014
BARTHOLOMEW, BOONE, HAMILTON, HANCOCK, HENDRICKS, JOHNSON,
MADISON, MARION, MONTGOMERY, MORGAN AND SHELBY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 33.80
17.35
---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0538-006 06/01/2013
FOUNTAIN AND WARREN COUNTIES:
Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 32.34
17.17
---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0668-002 06/01/2013
BENTON, CARROLL, CASS, FULTON, TIPPECANOE and WHITE COUNTIES
Rates
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 31.25
Fringes
15.54
FOOTNOTE: a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Years Day, Memorial Day,
July 4th, Labor Day, Veterans Day Thanksgiving Day and
Christmas Day
---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0725-006 09/01/2013
MONROE COUNTY
Rates
Communication Technician.........$ 26.35
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Fringes
11.58
6/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Includes the installation, operation, inspection,
maintenance, repair and service of radio, television,
recording, voice sound and vision production and
reproduction apparatus, equipment and appliances used for
domestic, commercial, education, entertainment and private
telephone systems.
---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0725-011 06/02/2014
MONROE COUNTY:
Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 34.66
15.97
---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0855-003 06/01/2013
BLACKFORD, DELAWARE, AND JAY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 31.80
13.43
---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0873-002 03/01/2013
CLINTON, GRANT, HOWARD, MIAMI, TIPTON AND WABASH COUNTIES:
Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 32.43
12.33
---------------------------------------------------------------ELEV0034-003 01/01/2014
BARTHOLOMEW, BENTON, BLACKFORD, BOONE, CARROLL, CASS, CLINTON,
DELAWARE, FOUNTAIN, FULTON, GRANT, HAMILTON, HANCOCK,
HENDRICKS, HOWARD, JAY, JOHNSON, MADISON, MARION, MIAMI,
MONROE, MONTGOMERY, MORGAN, SHELBY, TIPPECANOE, TIPTON, WABASH,
WARREN, AND WHITE COUNTIES
Rates
Elevator Constructor
Mechanic....................$ 42.59
Fringes
26.785+a+b
PAID HOLIDAYS:
a. New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Vetern's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day.
b. Employer contributes 8% of regular hourly rate to vacation
pay credit for employee who has worked in business more
than 5 years; 6% for less than 5 years' service.
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
7/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
---------------------------------------------------------------ELEV0044-002 01/01/2014
ADAMS, ALLEN, DEKALB, HUNTINGTON, NOBLE, STEUBEN, WELLS, and
WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
ELEVATOR MECHANIC................$ 44.06
Fringes
26.785+a+b
PAID HOLIDAYS:
a. New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Vetern's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day.
b. Employer contributes 8% of regular hourly rate to vacation
pay credit for employee who has worked in business more
than 5 years; 6% for less than 5 years' service.
---------------------------------------------------------------ENGI0103-001 06/01/2013
BENTON, CARROLL, CASS, CLINTON, GRANT, HOWARD, MIAMI,
TIPPECANOE, TIPTON, WABASH, and WHITE COUNTIES
Rates
Power equipment operators:
GROUP 1.....................$ 30.61
GROUP 2.....................$ 27.61
GROUP 3.....................$ 26.04
GROUP 4.....................$ 22.34
Fringes
15.09
15.09
15.09
15.09
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: A-Frame Winch Truck, Air Compressors over 600
cu.ft., Air Tugger, Autograde (CMI), Auto Patrol, Backhoe,
Ballast Regulator (RR), Batcher Plant (electricial control
concrete), Bending Machine (pipe), Bituminous Plant
(engineer), Bituminous Plant, Bituminous Mixer Travel
Plant, Bituminous Paver, Bituminous Roller, Buck Hoist,
Bull Dozer, Cable Way, Chicago Boom, Clamshell, Concrete
Mixer (21 cu. ft. or over), Concrete Paver, Concrete
Pump(crete), Crane, Craneman, Crusher Plant, Derrick,
Derrick Boat, Dinkey, Dope Pots (pipeline), Dragline,
Dredge Operator, Dredge Engineer, Drill Operator,,
Elevating Grader, Elevator, Ford Hoe (or similar type
equipment), Forklift, Formless Paver, Gantry Crane,
Gradall, Grademan, Grout Pump, Helicopter Crew, Heterington
Paver, High-Lift, Hoist, Hopto, Hough Loader (or similar
type), Hydro Crane, Hydro Hammer, Locomotive Crane,
Locomotive, Mechanic, Mobile Mixer, Motor Crane, Mucking
Machine, Multiple Tamping Machine (rr), Overhead Crane,
Pile Driver, Pulls, Push Dozer, Push Boats, Roller (sheep
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
8/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
foot), Ross Carrier, Scoop, Shovel, Side Boom, Swing Crane,
Tail Boom, Tar Machine (pipeline), Throttle Valve, Tower
Crane, Trench Machine, Welder (heavy duty), Truck Mounted
Concrete Pump, Truck-Mounted Drill, Well Point, Whirleys
GROUP 2: Air Compressor (up to 600 cu. ft.), Brakeman, Bull
Float, Concrete Mixer (over 10s and under 21s), Concrete
Spreader or Puddler, Deck Engine, Drill Helper, Electic
Vibrator Kompactor (earth or rock), Finishing Machine,
Gireman, Greaser (on grease facilities servicing heavy
equipment), Material Pump, Motor Boats, Motor Crane Oiler,
Portable Loader, Post Hole Digger, Power Broom, Rock
Roller, Roller-Wobble Whell (earth or rock), Spike Machine
(RR) Seamen Tiller, Spreader Rock, Sub Grader, Tamping
Machine, Truck Mounted Drill Oiler, Welding Machine,
Widener (apsco or similar type)
GROUP 3: Air Compressor 210 cu ft & over, Bituminous
Distributor, Chair Cart, Concrete Curing Machine, Concrete
Saw, Dope Pot Power Agitated, Flex Plane, Form Grader,
Hydrohammer, Jacks Hydraulic Power Driven, Paving Joint
Machine, Post Hole Digger, Roller Earth, Throttle Valve,
Track Jack Power Driven, Tractor Farm Type, Truck Crane
Driver
GROUP 4: Air Compressor (under 200 cu. fr. per min),
Bituminous Distributor, Cement Gun, Concrete Saw, Conveyor,
Deck Hand Oiler, Earth Roller, Form Grader, Generator,
Guardrail Driver, Heater, Oiler, Paving Joint Machine,
Power Traffic Signals, Steam Jenny, Vibrator, Water Pump,
"JLG" Lifts and "Scissor" Lift or similar machine
---------------------------------------------------------------ENGI0103-002 06/01/2013
BLACKFORD, DELAWARE, HAMILTON, HANCOCK, JAY, JOHNSON, MADISON,
MARION, and SHELBY COUNTIES
Rates
Power equipment operators:
GROUP 1.....................$ 32.80
GROUP 2.....................$ 31.85
GROUP 3.....................$ 27.80
GROUP 4.....................$ 24.10
Fringes
13.43
13.43
13.43
13.43
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Air Compressor (pressurizing shafts, tunnels &
drivers); Air Tugger; Auto Patrol; Back Filler; Back Hoe;
Boom Cat; Boring Machine; Bull Dozer; Caisson Drilling
Machine; Cherry Picker; Compactor (with dozer blade);
Concrete Mixer (dual drum); Concrete plant; Concrete Pump;
Crane with all attachments; Crane- Electric overhead;
Derrick; Ditching Machine (18' and over); Dredge; Elevators
(when hoisting material or tools); Fork Lift (machinery);
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
9/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Formless Paver; Generator (power for welders of
compressor); Gradall; Helicopter; Helicopter Winch
Operator; High Lift-Front End Loader; Hoist-Material and/or
Personnel over 3 Floors; Locomotive; Mechanic on job site;
Mucking Machine; Panel Board Concrete Plant; Pile Driver;
Push Cat; Scoop & Tractor; Scraper-Rubber Tired;
Spreader-Tractor Mounted; Straddle Carrier-Ross Type; Sub
Base Finish Machine (C.M.I. or smiliar); Tower Crane;
Tractor with Backhoe (over 1/2 yard); Welder (craft)
GROUP 2: A Frame Truck; Batcher Plant (automatic dry batch);
Bending Machine-Power Driven; Bituminous Mixer; Bituminous
Paver; Bituminous Plant Engineer; Boatman; Bull Float;
Compactor or Tamper-Self Propelled; Concrete Mixer (21 cu.
ft. or over); Concrete Spreader-Power Driven; Dinkey
Engine; Ditching Machine; Ditching Machine (less than 18");
Drilling Machine; Finish Machine & Bull Float; Finishing
Machine; Fireman-Pile Driving and Boilers; Fork
Lift-Masonry & Material; Gunite Machine; Head Greaser;
Hoist-Material and/or personnel 3 floors and under;
Mechanic in shop; Mesh Depresser-Mesh Placer; P.C.C.
Concrete Belt Placer; Ruller-Asphalt, stone & sub base;
Sheepsfoot Roller- Self Propelled; Shop Mule; Spreader or
Base Paver-Self Propelled; Sub Grader; Throttle valve with
air compressor or boiler; Tractor with Backhoe (1/2 yard &
under); Tractor-high lift-farm type; Tractor-Industrial
Type; Tractor with Winch; Well Points; Winch Trick
GROUP 3: Air Compressor (210 cu. ft. & over); bituminous
Distributor; Chair Cart; Concrete Curing Machine; Concrete
Saw; Dope Pot Power Agitated; Flex Plane; Form Grader;
Hydrohammer; Jacks-Hydraulic-Power Driven; Minor Equipment
opr. 3,4, or 5; Paving Joint Machine; Post Hole Digger;
Roller-Earth; Throttle Valve; Track Jack-Power Driven;
Tractor-Farm Type; Truck Crane Driver
GROUP 4: Air Compressor (less than 210 cu. ft.); Concrete
Mixer (under 21cu. ft.); Conveyor; Generator; Mechanical
Heater; Oiler; Operator-2 pieces of miner equipment; Power
Broom; Pump; Welding Machine
---------------------------------------------------------------ENGI0103-007 10/01/2013
ADAMS, ALLEN, DEKALB, HUNTINGTON, STEUBEN, WELLS, and WHITLEY
COUNTIES
Rates
Power equipment operators:
GROUP 1.....................$ 30.63
GROUP 2.....................$ 29.68
GROUP 3.....................$ 26.68
GROUP 4.....................$ 23.18
Fringes
14.52
14.52
14.52
14.52
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
10/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
GROUP 1: Air Tugger; Auto Patrol, Back Filler; Back Hoe;
Boom Cat; Boring Machine; Bull Dozer; Caisson Drilling
Machine; Cherry Picker; Compactor (with dozer blade);
Concrete Mixer (dual drum); Concrete Plant; Concrete Pump;
Crane with all attachments; Crane Electric overhead;
Derrick; Ditching Machine (18" and over); Dredge; Fork
Lift (machinery); Formless Paver; Gradall; Helicopter;
Helicopter Winch Operator; High Lift Front End Loader;
Hoist Material and/or personnel over 3 floors; Locomotive;
Mechanic on Job Site; Mucking Machine; Panel Board Concrete
Plant; Pile Driver; Push Cat; Scoop & Tractor; Scraper
Tubber Tired; Skid Steer Machine (grading and back hoe);
Spreader Tractor Mounted; Straddle Carrier Ross Type; Sub
Base Finish Machine (C.M.I.or similar); Tower Crane;
Tractor with backhoe (over 1/2 yard); Welder for Craft Work.
GROUP 2: A-Frame Truck; Batcher Plant (automatic dry batch);
Bending Machine Power Driven; Bituminous Mixer; Bituminous
Paver; Bituminous Plant Engineer; Boatman; Bull Float;
Compactor or Tamper Riding Only; Concrete Mixer (21 cu. ft.
or over); Concrete Spreader Power Driven; Dinkey Engine;
Ditching Machine (less than 18" riding only); Drilling
Machine; Elevators (when hoisting material or tools);
Finish Machine and bull Float (excluding trowelling
machine); Fireman Pile Driving and Boilers; Gunite Machine;
Head Greaser; Hoist Material and/or personnel 3 floors and
under; Mesh Depressor Mesh Placer; P.C.C. Concrete Belt
Placer; Roller Asphalt, Stone & Sub Base; Sheepsfoot Roller
Self Propelled; Shop Mule; Spreader or Base Paver Self
Propelled; Sub Grader; Throttle Valve with Air Compressor
or Boiler; Tractor with Backhoe (1/2 yard & under); Tractor
High Lift Farm Type; Tractor Industrial Type; Tractor with
Winch; Winch Truck.
GROUP 3: Bituminous Distributor; Chair Cart; Concrete Cuting
Machine; Dewatering Sytems; Dope Pot Power Agitated; Flex
Plane; Fork Lift (masonry and material); Form Grader;
Hydrohammer; Jacks Hydraulic Power Driven; Paving Joint
Machine; Post Hole Digger (machine Mounted); Roller Earth;
Skid Steer Machine (fork lift and trasporting); Throttle
Valve; Track Jack Power Driven; Tractor Farm Type.
GROUP 4: Air Compressor (pressurizing shafts, tunnels and
divers); Air Compressor (over 210 cu. ft.); Concrete Saw;
Conveyor; Generators; Oiler; Operating minor equipment;
Power Broom; Truck Crane Driver; Welding Machines over 300
amps (2 or more).
---------------------------------------------------------------ENGI0150-017 06/01/2013
FULTON and NOBLE COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Power equipment operators:
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
11/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
GROUP 1.....................$ 27.75
GROUP 2.....................$ 26.40
GROUP 3.....................$ 25.60
GROUP 4.....................$ 24.80
GROUP 5.....................$ 22.20
22.55
22.55
22.55
22.55
22.55
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS:
GROUP 1: Mechanic, Asphalt Plant, Asphalt Spreader, Auto
Grader; Batch Plant, Benoto (requires 2 Engineers), Boiler
and Throttle Valve, Boring Machine (road), Bulldozers (with
engines of 140 net horse power or more) Caisson Rigs,
Central Redi-mix Plant, Concrete Conveyor Systems, Concrete
Power (over 27E cu. ft.), Concrete Paver (27E cu. ft. and
under), Concrete Pumps/Grout cncrete placer (Truck
Mounted), Concrete Tower, Cranes and backhoes (all),
Cranes, Hammerhead Tower, Creter Crane, Derricks (all),
Forklift (capble of hoisting and mechanically moving forks
horizontally), Grader, Elevating, Highlift Shovels or Front
End Loaders (over 3 yd bucket), Hoists (2 or more drums),
Locomotives (all), Laser screed, Motor Patrol, Pile Drivers
and Skid Rig, Pre-Stress Machines, Pump Cretes & Similar
Types, Rock Drill (Self-Propelled), Rock Drill (self
propelled Truck Mounted), Scoops (tractor drawn), Slip-Form
Paver, Tournapull, Tractor with Boom & Side Boom, Trenching
Machine (12 or more inches in width), Combination Backhoe
Front End Loader Machine with backhoe 1/2 yd bucket or
attachments.
GROUP 2: Air Compressor (600 cu. ft. and over), Bob Cat
(over 3/4 cu. yd.), Boilers, Broom (all powered propelled),
Bull Dozers with engines of less than 140 net horsepower,
combination backhoe front end loader 1/2 yf bskhhoe or
under, Compressor and Throttle Valve, Concrete Breaker
(truck mounted), Concrete Mixer (of moore than 21 cu. ft.
capacity), Forklift (with fixed or tilt mast), Greaser
Engineer, Highlift shovel or front endloader 3 yd bucket
and under, Hoists (1 drum), Hydrulic Boom Truck, Post Hole
Digger (vehicle mounted), Pump Cretes (squeze crete type
pumps, Gypsum, bulker , Rollers(all), Steam Generators,
Stone Crushers, Stradddle Buggies, Tractors, Winch Trucks
(with "a" frame.
GROUP 3: Buck Hoist, Combination (small equipment operator),
.Conveyor (portable), Grouting Machine, Hoist Elevators
(material and personnel), Hydraulic Power Units, Grouting
and Pile Driving, Stud Welder, Trenching Machines less than
12 inches in width, Welding Machines (8 through 15).
GROUP 4: Bobcat (up to and including 3/4 cu. yd.).
Compressor (over 210 cu. ft. and less than 600 cu. ft.),
Generator (over 50 kw.), Heaters, Mechanical, Hoists (all
elevator, permanent installation), Hoist (automatic), Hoist
(tugger single drum), Oilers, Pumps, Well Points and
electric submersible, Small Rubber Tired End Loaders (1/4
cu. yd. and under), Tractors (farm type) Welding Machines
(2 through 8).
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
12/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
GROUP 5: Bobcats and forklifts (commercial or residential).
---------------------------------------------------------------ENGI0181-004 04/01/2013
BARTHOLOMEW COUNTY
Rates
Power equipment operators:
GROUP A.....................$ 29.98
GROUP B.....................$ 21.85
Fringes
13.90
13.90
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP A: A-frame winch truck, articulating dump, autograde
(CMI), auto patrol, ballast regulator (RR), batcher plant
(electrical control concrete), bending machine (pipe),
bituminous plant (engineer), bituminous plant, bituminous
mixer travel plant, bituminous paver, bituminous roller,
boring machine, buck hoist, bull dozer, cable way, Chicago
boom, chimney hoist, clamshell, concrete mixer (21 cu.ft.
or over), concrete paver, concrete pump (crete),
construction elevator (Allmac or similar) creane,
creaneman, crawler backhoe, bcreawler high-lift, crusher
plant, derrick, derrick boat, dinkey, directional/boring
machine, dope pots (pipeline), double drum tugger (electric
or air), dragline, dredge operator, dredge engineer, drill
operator, elevating grader, extendable boom forklift,
formless paver, gantry crane, gator (or similar type
tiller), gradeall, grader, grademan, greaser (on grease
facility servicing heavy equipment), G.P.S. System (on
equipment within the classificaitons), grout pump, head
greaser, helicopter crew, Hetherington paver, hoist
(motorized, gas or disel), hydraulic crane, ghdro blaster,
Industrial type forklift (over 9,000 lbs.), laser concrete
screed, laser or remote controlled equipment (within the
classifications), locomotive crane, locomotive, mechanic,
mobile mixer, botor creane, mucking machine, multiple
tamping machine (RR) overhead crane, pile driver, pulls,
push dozer, push boats, roller (sheep foot), rough terrain
crain, R.T. backhoe, R.T. endloader, Ross carrier, scoop,
shovel, side boom, skidsteer loader (bobcat or similar
type), swing crane, tail boom, tar machine (pipeline),
tower crane, trench machine, welder (heavy duty), truck
mounted concrete pump, truck-mounted drill, vacuum truck,
well point, whirleys
GROUP B: Air compressor (1 or more, 600 cfm and over), air
compressor with throttle valve, bituminous distributor,
brakeman, bullfloat, cement gun, concret mixer, concrete
say, soncrete spreader or puddlers, conveyor, deck hand
oiler, deck engine, drill helper, earth roller electric
vibrator compactor (earth or rock), elevator (in-plant,
automatic), finishing machine fireman, form grader,
generator, guard-rail driver, heater, oiler, Industrial
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
13/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
type forklift (9,000 lbs and under), aterail pump, motor
boats, paving joint machine, post hole digger, power broom,
power traffic signals, rock roller, rock spreader, Roller
(earth or rock), spike machine (RR), steam jenny, sub
grader, taping machine, gruck crane oiler, truck mounted
drill oiler Tugger (one-drum, air or electric)vibrator,
vibro-piling hammer- hydraulic hammer or auger, water pump,
widener (apsco or similar type) welding machine, JLG lifts
and scissor lifts or similar machine.
---------------------------------------------------------------ENGI0841-008 04/01/2013
BOONE, FOUNTAIN, HENDRICKS, MONROE, MONGOMERY, MORGAN, and
WARREN COUNTIES
Rates
Power equipment operators:
GROUP 1.....................$ 29.75
GROUP 2.....................$ 22.10
Fringes
16.75
16.75
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Power Cranes, Draglines, Derricks, Shovels,
Gradalls, Mechanics, Tractor Highlift, Tournadozer.
Concret Mixers with Skip Tournamixer, Two-Drum Machine,
One-Drum Hoist with Tower or Boom, Cableways, Tower
Machines, Motor Patrol, Boo Tractor, Boom or Winch Truck,
Winch or Hydraulic Boom Truck, Truck Crane, Tournapull,
Tractor Operating Scoops, Bulldozer, Push Tractor, Asphalt
Planer, Finishing Machine on Asphalt, Large Rollers on
Earth, Rollers on Asphalt Mix, Ross Carrier or Similar
Machine, Gravel Processing Machine, Asphalt Plant Engineer,
Paver Operator, Farm Tractor with Half Yard Bucket and/or
Backhoe Attachments, Dredge Engineer, or Dredge Operator,
Central Mix Plant Engineer, CMI or Similar Type Machine,
Truck or Skid Mounted Concrete Pump, Tower Crane, Engine or
Rock Crusher Plant, Concrete Plant Engineer, Ditching
Machine with Dual Attachment, Tractor Mounted Loaders,
Cherry Picker, Hydro Crane, Standard or Dinkey Locomotives,
Scoopmobiles, Euclid Loader, Soil Cement Machine, Back
Filler, Elevating Machine, Power Blade, Drilling Machines
including Well Testing, Caissons, Shaft or any similartype
Drilling Machines, Motor Driven Paint Machine, Pipe
Cleaning Machine, Pipe Wrapping Machine, Pipe Bending
Machine, Apsco Paver, Boring Machine, (Equipment Greased),
Barber-Greene Loaders, Formless Paver, (Well Point System),
Concrete Spreader, Hydra Ax, Span Saw and Similar Types,
Marine Scoops, Brush Mulcher, Brush Burner, Mesh Placer,
Tree Mover, Helicopter Crew (3), Piledriver-Skid or
Crawler, Stump Remover, Root Rake, Tug Boat Operator,
Refrigerating Machine, Freezing Operator, Chair Cart-Self
Propelled, Hydra Seeder, Straw Blower Power Sub Grader,
Bull Float, Finishing Machine, Self-Propelled Pavement
Breaker (Backhoe Attached), Lull (or Similar Type Machine),
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
14/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Two Air Compressors, Compressors Hooked in Manifold,
Overhead Crane, Chip Spreader, Mud Cat, Sull-Air Fork Lifts
(Except when used for Landscaping Work), Soil Stablilizer
(Seaman Tiller, Bo Mag, Rago Gator and Similar types or
Equipment), Tube Float, Spray Machine, Curing Machine,
Concrete or Asphalt Milling Machine, Snooper Truck Operator.
GROUP 2: Concrete Mixers without Skips, Rock Crusher,
Ditching Machine Under 6', Curbing Machine, One Drum
Machines without Tower or Boom, Air Tugger, Self-Propelled
Concrete Saw, Machin- Mounted Post Hole Digger, Two to Four
Generators, Water Pumps, or Welding Machines, with 400 ft.,
Air Compressor 600 cu. ft. and Under, Rollers on Aggregate
and Seal Coat Surfaces, Fork Lifts (When used for
Landscaping Work), Concrete and Blacktop Curb Machine, Farm
Tractor with less than Half Yard Bucket, One Water Pump,
Iolers, Air Valves or Steam Valves, One Welding Machine,
Truck Jack, Mud Jack, Gunnite Machine, House Elevators when
used for Hoisting Material, Engine Tenders, Wagon Drill,
Flex Plane, Conveyor, Siphons nad Pulsometer, Switchman,
Fireman on Paint Pots, Fireman on Asphalt Plants,
Distributor Operators on Trucks, Tampers, Self-Propelled
Power Broom, Striping Machine (motor driven), Form Tamper,
Bulk Cement Plan Equipment Greaser, Deck Hands, Truck Crane
Oiler Driver, Cement Blimps, Form Grader, Temporary Heat,
Throttle Valve, Farm Tractor, Super Sucker (and similar
type of equipment). FOOTNOTE: Employees operating booms
from 149 ft. to 199 ft. including jib, shall receive an
additional seventy five cents (.75)per hour above the rate.
Employees operating booms over 199 ft. including jib, shall
receive an additional one dollar and twenty-five cents
($1.25) per hour above the regular rate.
---------------------------------------------------------------* IRON0022-004 06/01/2014
BARTHOLOMEW; BENTON, BOONE; CARROLL; CASS; CLINTON; DELAWARE (S
2/3); FOUNTAIN; FULTON (SW 1/4 OF COUNTY); GRANT (SW PORTION);
HAMILTON; HANCOCK; HENDRICKS; HOWARD; JOHNSON; MADISON; MARION;
MIAMI; MONROE; MONTGOMERY; MORGAN; SHELBY; TIPPECANOE; TIPTON;
WARREN AND WHITE COUNTIES
Rates
IRONWORKER.......................$ 29.84
Fringes
19.55
The following holidays shall be observed: New Year's Day,
Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day
and the day after Thanksgiving and Christmas Day. Any
holiday which occurs on a Sunday shall be observed the
following Monday, unless the legal observance of these
holidays is changed by law.
---------------------------------------------------------------IRON0147-004 06/01/2013
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
15/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
ADAMS, ALLEN, BLACKFORD, DEKALB, DELAWARE (NORTHEAST THIRD OF
COUNTY), FULTON (EASTERN PART), GRANT (EXCLUDING SOUTHWEST
PORTION), HUNTINGTON, JAY, MIAMI (NORTHEAST HALF), NOBLE
(EXCLUDING NORTHEAST TIP), STEUBEN, WABASH, WELLS, and WHITLEY
COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
IRONWORKER.......................$ 24.94
18.62
---------------------------------------------------------------* IRON0292-006 06/01/2014
FULTON (Remainder of County) and NOBLE (Northeastern Tip)
COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
IRONWORKER.......................$ 27.62
18.66
---------------------------------------------------------------LABO0120-001 06/01/2013
MARION and SHELBY COUNTIES
Rates
Laborers:
GROUP 1.....................$ 22.38
GROUP 2.....................$ 23.13
GROUP 3.....................$ 23.38
Fringes
12.25
12.25
12.25
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Building and Construction Laborers; Scaffold
Builders (other than for Masons and Plasterers); Mechanic
Tenders; Window Washers and cleaners; Railroad Workers;
Masonry Wall Washers; Portable Water pumps with discharge
up to (3) inches; Flag & Signal Person; Waterproofing;
Handling of Creosot Lumber or like treated material
(excluding railroad material); Asphalt Rakers and Lutemen;
Kettlemen; Air Tool Operators; Pneumatic Tool Operators;
Air and Electric Vibrators and Chipping Hammer Operators;
Earth Compactors Jackmen and Sheetmen working Ditches
deeper than (6) ft.in depth; Laborers working in ditches
(6) ft.in depth or deeper; Assembly of Unicrete Pump; Chain
Saw and Demolition Saw; Tile Layers (sewer or field) and
Sewer Pipe Layer (metallic or non-metallic); Motor driven
Wheelbarrows and Concrete Buggies; Hyster Operators; Pump
Crete Assemblers; Concrete Conveyor Assemblers; Core Drill
Operators; Cement, Lime or Silica Clay Handlers (bulk or
bag); Handling of Toxic Materials damaging to clothing;
Pneumatic Spikers; Deck Engine and Winch Operators; Water
Main and Cable Ducking (metallic and non-metallic); Screed
Man or Screw Operator on Asphalt Paver; Asbestos Removal
and Hazardous Waste Removal.
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
16/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
GROUP 2: Plaster Tenders; Mason Tenders; Mortar Mixers;
Welders (Acetylene or electric); Cutting Torch or Burner;
Cement Nozzle Laborers; Cement Gun Operator; Scaffold
Builders when working for Plasterers and Masons; Water
Blast Machine.
GROUP 3: Dynamite men, Drillers-air track or wagon drilling
for explosives.
---------------------------------------------------------------LABO0204-001 06/01/2013
FOUNTAIN, HENDRICKS, and WARREN COUNTIES
Rates
Laborers:
Caisson and Tunnel Work in
Compressed and Free Air
GROUP 1....................$ 21.17
GROUP 2....................$ 21.37
GROUP 3....................$ 21.47
GROUP 4....................$ 22.17
LABORERS
GROUP 1....................$ 21.17
GROUP 2....................$ 21.92
GROUP 3....................$ 22.17
Fringes
12.25
12.25
12.25
12.25
12.25
12.25
12.25
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Building and Construction Laborers; Scaffold
Builders (other than for Masons and Plasterers); Mechanic
Tenders; Window Washers and cleaners; Railroad Workers;
Masonry Wall Washers; Portable Water pumps with discharge
up to (3) inches; Flag & Signal Person; Waterproofing;
Handling of Creosot Lumber or like treated material
(excluding railroad material); Asphalt Rakers and Lutemen;
Kettlemen; Air Tool Operators; Pneumatic Tool Operators;
Air and Electric Vibrators and Chipping Hammer Operators;
Earth Compactors Jackmen and Sheetmen working Ditches
deeper than (6) ft.in depth; Laborers working in ditches
(6) ft.in depth or deeper; Assembly of Unicrete Pump;
Chain Saw and Demolition Saw; Tile Layers (sewer or field)
and Sewer Pipe Layer (metallic or non-metallic); Motor
driven Wheelbarrows and Concrete Buggies; Hyster Operators;
Pump Crete Assemblers; Concrete Conveyor Assemblers; Core
Drill Operators; Cement, Lime or Silica Clay Handlers (bulk
or bag); Handling of Toxic Materials damaging to clothing;
Pneumatic Spikers; Deck Engine and Winch Operators; Water
Main and Cable Ducking (metallic and non- metallic);
Screed Man or Screw Operator on Asphalt Paver, Asbestos
Removal, Hazardous Waste Removal.
GROUP 2: Plaster Tenders; Mason Tenders; Mortar Mixers;
Welders (Acetylene or electric); Cutting Torch or Burner;
Cement Nozzle Laborers; Cement Gun Operator; Scaffold
Builders when working for Plasterers and Masons; Water
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
17/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Blast Machine.
GROUP 3: Dynamite men, Drillers-air track or wagon drilling
for explosives.
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS For CAISSON AND TUNNEL WORK In
COMPRESSED and FREE AIR
GROUP 1: Cage Tenders, Dump Men, Flagman, Signalman, Top
Laborers, Rod Men.
GROUP 2: Concrete Repairmen, Lock Tenders (pressure side),
Motor men, Muckers, Grout Machine, Track Layers, Air Hoist,
Key Board, Agitator Car, Car Pushers, Concrete Laborers,
Grout Laborers, Lock Tenders (free air side), Steel
Setters, Tuggers, Switchmen.
GROUP 3: Mucking Machine, Laser Beam, Liner Plate & Ring
Setter, Shield Drivers, Power Knife, Welders Burners, Pipe
Jacking Machine, Skinners, Maintenance Technician, Miner,
Bricklayer Tenders, Concrete Blowers, DRillers, Erectors,
Form Men, Jackhammermen, Mining Machine.
GROUP 4: Dynamite Men, Drillers air track or wagon drilling
for explosives.
---------------------------------------------------------------LABO0213-001 06/01/2013
ADAMS, ALLEN, DEKALB, HUNTINGTON, NOBLE, STEUBEN, WABASH, WELLS
AND WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
Laborers:
GROUP 1.....................$ 19.13
GROUP 2.....................$ 19.63
GROUP 3.....................$ 20.13
Fringes
11.90
11.90
11.90
LABORERS CLASSIFICATION
GROUP 1: Building and Construction Laborers; Scaffold
Builders (other than for Masons and Plasterers); Mechanic
Tenders; Window Washers and cleaners; Railroad Workers;
Masonry Wall Washers; Portable Water pumps with discharge
up to (3) inches; Flag & Signal Person; Waterproofing;
Handling of Creosot Lumber or like treated material
(excluding railroad material); Asphalt Rakers and Lutemen;
Kettlemen; Air Tool Operators; Pneumatic Tool Operators;
Air and Electric Vibrators and Chipping Hammer Operators;
Earth Compactors Jackmen and Sheetmen working Ditches
deeper than (6) ft.in depth; Laborers working in ditches
(6) ft.in depth or deeper; Assembly of Unicrete Pump; Tile
Layers (sewer or field) and Sewer Pipe Layer (metallic or
non-metallic); Motor driven Wheelbarrows and Concrete
Buggies; Hyster Operators; Pump Crete Assemblers; Core
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
18/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Drill Operators; Cement, Lime or Silica Clay Handlers (bulk
or bag); Handling of Toxic Materials damaging to clothing;
Pneumatic Spikers; Deck Engine and Winch Operators; Water
Main and Cable Ducking; Screed Man or Screw Operator on
Asphalt Paver; Chain and Demolition Saw Operators;
Concrete Conveyor Assemblers
GROUP 2: Plaster Tenders; Mortar Mixers; Welders (Acetylene
or electric); Cutting Torch or Burner; Cement Nozzle
Laborers; Cement Gun Operator; Scaffold Builders when
working for Plasterers; Water Blast Machine
GROUP 3: Dynamite men-drillers-air track or wagon drilling
for explosives
---------------------------------------------------------------LABO0274-001 06/01/2013
BENTON, BOONE, CARROLL, CASS, CLINTON, FULTON, HOWARD, MIAMI,
MONTGOMERY, TIPPECANOE, TIPTON, and WHITE COUNTIES
Rates
Laborers:
GROUP 1.....................$ 21.28
GROUP 2.....................$ 22.03
GROUP 3.....................$ 22.28
Fringes
12.25
12.25
12.25
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Building and construction laborers; Scaffold
builders (other than for masons or plasterers); Railroad
Workers; Masonry Wall Washers (interior & exterior); All
Portable Water Pumps with Discharge of Up to Three (3)
Inches; Handling of Creosote Lumber or Like Treated
Material (excluding railroad material); Asphalt Rakers and
Lutemen; Earth Compactors; Jackmen and Sheetmen Working
Ditches Deeper than Six (6) Feet in Depth; Laborers Working
Ditches Six (6) Feet in Depth or Deeper; Assembly of
Unicrete Pump; Tile Layers (sewer or field) and Sewer Pipe
Layers (metallic or non-metallic); Motor Driven
Wheelbarrows and Concrete Buggies; Hyster Operators; Pump
Crete Assemblers; Core Drill Operators; Cement, Lime or
Silica Clay Handler (bulk or bag); Handling of Toxic
Material Damaging to Clothing; Pneumatic Spikers; Deck
Engine and Winch Operators; Water Main and Cable Ducking
(metallic and non-metallic); Screed Man or Screw Operator
on Asphalt Paver; Chain Saw and Demolition Saw Operators;
Concrete Saw; Concrete Conveyor Assemblers; Applying of
Curing Compound; Sinking of Wellpoints; Dewatering Header
Systems
GROUP 2: Plaster Tenders; Mason Tenders; Mortar Mixers;
Welders (acetylene or electric); Cutting Torch or Burner;
Cement Nozzle Laborers; Cement Gun Operators; Scaffold
Builders for Plasterers; Scaffold Builders for Masons;
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
19/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Water Blast Machine Operators, Air and Electric Vibrators
and Chipping Hammer Operators; Asbestos Removal; Hazardous
Waste Removal; All Boiler Setters Laborers, including
Expediters, Bottom Men, Bell Men, and Mason Tenders
GROUP 3: Dynamite man, Drillers-air track or wagon for
explosives.
---------------------------------------------------------------LABO0741-003 06/01/2013
BARTHOLOMEW, JOHNSON, MONROE, and MORGAN COUNTIES
Rates
Laborers:
GROUP 1.....................$ 21.18
GROUP 2.....................$ 21.93
GROUP 3.....................$ 22.18
Fringes
12.25
12.25
12.25
LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Building and Construction Laborers; Scaffold
Builders (other than for masons or plastersrs); Railroad
Workers; Masonry Wall Washers (interior & exterior);
Portable Water Pumps with Discharge up to three (3)inches;
Handling of Creosote Lumber or Like Treated Material
(excluding railroad material); Asphalt Rakers and Lutemen;
Earth Compactors; Jackmen and Sheetmen Working Ditches
Deeper than Six (6) Feet in Depth; Laborers Working Ditches
Six (6) Feet in Depth or Deeper; Assembly of Unicrete Pump;
Tile Layers (sewer or field) and Sewer Pipe Layers
(metallic or non-metallic); Motor Driven Wheelbarrows and
Concrete Buggies; Hyster Operators; Pump Crete Assemblers;
Core Drill Operators; Cement, Lime or Silica Clay Handler
(bulk or bag); Handling of Toxic Material Damaging to
Clothing; Pneumatic Spikers; Deck Engine and Winch
Operators; Water Main and Cable Ducking (metallic and
non-metallic); Screed Man or Screw Operator on Asphalt
Paver; Chain Saw and Demolition Saw Operators; Concrete
Saw; Concrete Conveyor Assemblers; Applying of Curing
Compound; Sinking of Wellpoints; Dewatering Header Systems
GROUP 2: Plaster Tenders; Mason Tenders; Mortar Mixers;
Welders (acetylene or electric); Cutting Torch or Burner;
Cement Nozzle Laborers; Cement Gun Operators; Scaffold
Builders for Plasterers; Scaffold Builders for Masons;
Water Blast Machine Operators; Air Tool Operators and all
Pneumatic Tool Operators, Air and Electric Vibrators and
Chipping Hammer Operators; Asbestos Removal; Hazardous
Waste Removal; Biler Setters Laborers, including
expediters, bottom men, bell men, and Mason Tenders
GROUP 3: Dynamite men; Drillers-air track or wagon drilling
for explosives
---------------------------------------------------------------http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
20/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
LABO1112-001 06/01/2013
BLACKFORD, DELAWARE, GRANT, HANCOCK, HAMILTON, JAY, and MADISON
COUNTIES
Rates
Laborers:
GROUP 1.....................$ 20.86
GROUP 2.....................$ 21.61
GROUP 3.....................$ 21.86
Fringes
12.25
12.25
12.25
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Building and construction laborers, scaffold
builders (other than for masons of plasterers), mechanic
tenders, window washers and cleaners, railroad workers,
masonry wall washers, portable water pumps with discharge
up to 3 inches, signal & flag person, Waterproofing,
hauling of creosote lumber or like treated material
(excluding railroad material), asphlat rakers and lutemen,
kettlemen, air tool operator, pneumatic tool operator, air
& electric vibrators and chipping hammer operator, earth
compactors, jackman & sheetmen in ditches more than 6 feet
deep, laborers in ditches 6' deep or deeper, assembly of
unicrete pump, tile layers (sewer or field), sewer pipe
layers, motor- driven wheelbarrows and concrete buggies,
hyster operator, pumpcrete assemblers, core drill
operator, cement, lime or silica clay handlers, handling of
toxic materials damaging to clothing, pneumatic spikers,
deck engine & winch operator, water main & cable ducking,
screed man or screw operator on asphalt paver, chain saw &
demolition saw operator, concrete conveyor assembler
GROUP 2: Plaster tenders; mortar mixers; welders (acetylene
or electric); cutting torch or burner; cement nozzle
laborers; cement gun operators; scaffold builders for
plasterers; scaffold builders for masons; water blast
machine operator; Air tool Operators and all Pnuematic Tool
Operators, Air and Electric Vibrators and Chipping Hammer
Operators; Asbestos removal; Hazardous waste removal; All
Boiler Setters Laborers, including expediters, bottom men,
bell men, and Mason Tenders
GROUP 3: Dynamite men-drillers-air track or wagon drilling
for explosives
---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN0047-003 06/01/2014
BARTHOLOMEW, BOONE, HAMILTON, HANCOCK, HENDRICKS, JOHNSON,
MARION, MONROE, MORGAN AND SHELBY COUNTIES:
Rates
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Fringes
21/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
PAINTER
Brush and Roller............$ 24.43
12.43
Spray and Sandblasting......$ 25.43
12.43
---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN0080-001 06/01/2014
BENTON, CARROLL, CASS, CLINTON, FOUNTAIN, MONTGOMERY TIPPECANOE
AND WARREN COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
PAINTER
Brush and Roller............$ 23.85
13.80
Spray and Sandblasting......$ 24.85
13.80
---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN0091-005 06/01/2014
FULTON COUNTY
Rates
Fringes
PAINTER
Brush & Roller, Drywall
Taping & Finishing,
Vinyl/Paper Hanging.........$ 26.32
12.75
Spray.......................$ 26.82
12.75
---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN0460-002 06/01/2014
WHITE COUNTY
Rates
Fringes
Painters:
Brush & Roller..............$ 33.99
21.28
Drywall Finisher............$ 34.79
21.28
---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN0469-001 07/01/2013
ADAMS, ALLEN, DEKALB, GRANT, HUNTINGTON, NOBLE, STEUBEN,
WABASH, WELLLS, and WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
Painters:
101' & over'................$ 22.31
31' - 60'...................$ 21.71
61' - 100'..................$ 22.11
Brush, Roller,
Paperhanger, & Drywall
Finishing...................$ 20.86
Lead Abatement..............$ 25.86
Spray & Sandblast Pot
Tenders and Ground
Personnel...................$ 21.76
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Fringes
11.57
11.57
11.57
11.57
11.57
11.57
22/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Spray, Sandblast, Power
Tools, Waterblast, & Steam
Cleaning....................$ 21.86
11.57
---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN0669-001 04/01/2014
BLACKFORD, DELAWARE, FAYETTE, FRANKLIN, HENRY, HOWARD, JAY,
MADISON, MIAMI, RANDOLPH, RUSH, TIPTON, UNION and WAYNE COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Painters:
Brush; Roller;
Paperhanging; Drywall
Finishers...................$ 20.00
11.14
Spray/Waterblasting;
Sandblasting................$ 21.00
11.14
---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN1165-010 07/01/2013
FULTON COUNTY
Rates
Fringes
GLAZIER..........................$ 23.14
14.30
---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN1165-013 07/01/2013
ADAMS, ALLEN, BLACKFORD, DEKALB, GRANT, HUNTINGTON, JAY, NOBLE,
STEUBEN, WABASH, WELLS, WHITLEY
Rates
Fringes
GLAZIER..........................$ 22.50
11.62
---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN1165-016 07/01/2013
BARTHOLOMEW, BENTON, BOONE, CARROLL, CASS, CLINTON, DELAWARE,
FOUNTAIN, HAMILTON, HANCOCK, HENDRICKS, HOWARD, JOHNSON,
MADISON, MARION, MIAMI, MONROE, MONTGOMERY, MORGAN, SHELBY,
TIPPECANOE, TIPTON, WARREN, and WHITE COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
GLAZIER..........................$ 25.86
13.22
---------------------------------------------------------------PLAS0101-002 06/01/2007
FULTON COUNTY
Rates
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 23.19
PLASTERER........................$ 24.06
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Fringes
9.75
11.25
23/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
---------------------------------------------------------------PLAS0101-003 06/01/2012
ADAMS, ALLEN, DEKALB, HUNTINGTON, NOBLE, STEUBEN, WELLS AND
WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 23.32
10.85
PLASTERER........................$ 24.18
9.31
---------------------------------------------------------------PLAS0692-006 06/01/2013
AREA #46
BARTHOLOMEW, BOONE, HENDRICKS, JOHNSON, MARION, MONROE, MORGAN
and SHELBY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
PLASTERER........................$ 25.04
12.48
---------------------------------------------------------------PLAS0692-007 06/01/2013
AREA #75
MONROE COUNTY
Rates
Fringes
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 25.00
11.30
---------------------------------------------------------------PLAS0692-009 07/01/2013
AREA #83
BLACKFORD, DELAWARE, GRANT, HAMILTON (Northern Part), HANCOCK
(Northern Part), JAY, MADISON and WABASH COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 24.94
11.95
PLASTERER........................$ 25.69
11.75
---------------------------------------------------------------PLAS0692-015 06/01/2013
AREA #121
BENTON, CARROLL, CASS, CLINTON, FOUNTAIN, HOWARD, MIAMI,
MONTGOMERY, TIPPECANOE, WARREN, WHITE and VERMILLION (Northern
Part) COUNTIES
Rates
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Fringes
24/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 25.70
13.90
PLASTERER........................$ 26.21
14.05
---------------------------------------------------------------PLAS0692-023 06/01/2013
AREA #532
BOONE, HAMILTON (SOUTH HALF OF COUNTY NORTH TO NEW ROUTE
INDIANA #32 INCLUDING NOBLESVILLE); HANCOCK COUNTY (SOUTHERN
AND WESTERN PART OF HANCOCK COUNTY, NORTH TO BUT NOT INCLUDING
FORTVILLE); HENDRICKS, JOHNSON, MARION and MORGAN COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 26.00
14.00
---------------------------------------------------------------PLAS0821-001 05/01/2007
BARTHOLEMEW AND SHELBY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 21.90
8.25
---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0136-006 10/01/2013
MONROE COUNTY
Rates
Fringes
Plumbers and Pipefitters.........$ 33.91
15.51
---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0157-002 07/01/2013
BENTON, CARROLL, CLINTON, FOUNTAIN, MONTGOMERY, TIPPECANOE,
WARREN AND WHITE COUNTIES:
Rates
Fringes
Plumbers and Pipefitters.........$ 36.02
13.74
---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0166-001 07/01/2013
ADAMS, ALLEN, BLACKFORD, DE KALB, GRANT, HUNTINGTON, NOBLE,
STEUBEN, WABASH, WELLS, and WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Plumber and Steamfitter..........$ 29.86
14.91
---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0172-002 06/03/2013
CASS and FULTON COUNTIES
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
25/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Rates
Fringes
Plumber, Pipefitter,
Steamfitter......................$ 30.50
17.53
---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0440-002 12/01/2013
BARTHOLOMEW, BOONE, HAMILTON, HANCOCK, HENDRICKS, HOWARD,
JOHNSON AND MARION COUNTIES; MIAMI COUNTY (SOUTH OF A STRAIGHT
LINE WHERE ROUTE 218 ENTERS W. BOUNDARY); MORGAN, SHELBY and
TIPTON COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Plumbers and Pipefitters.........$ 34.07
15.34
---------------------------------------------------------------PLUM0440-003 12/01/2013
DELAWARE, JAY and MADISON COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Plumber and Steamfitter..........$ 34.07
15.34
---------------------------------------------------------------* ROOF0023-003 06/01/2014
ALLEN, DEKALB, NOBLE, STEUBEN, and WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
ROOFER
COMPOSITION.................$ 19.83
8.73
SLATE & TILE................$ 20.33
8.73
---------------------------------------------------------------* ROOF0023-007 06/01/2014
FULTON COUNTY
Rates
Fringes
ROOFER
COMPOSITION.................$ 27.61
13.07
SLATE & TILE................$ 28.11
13.07
---------------------------------------------------------------* ROOF0023-010 06/01/2014
ADAMS, HUNTINGTON, MIAMI, WABASH, and WELLS COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
ROOFER
COMPOSITION.................$ 27.61
13.07
SLATE & TILE................$ 28.11
13.07
---------------------------------------------------------------ROOF0119-003 09/01/2010
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
26/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
BARTHOLOMEW, BOONE, HAMILTON, HANCOCK, HENDRICKS, JOHNSON,
MARION, MONROE, MORGAN and SHELBY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Roofers:
COMPOSITION.................$ 23.78
10.22
SLATE and TILE..............$ 24.78
10.22
---------------------------------------------------------------ROOF0119-005 09/01/2010
BENTON, CARROLL, CASS, CLINTON, FOUNTAIN, MONTGOMERY,
TIPPECANOE, WARREN and WHITE COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
ROOFER...........................$ 23.78
10.22
Slate and Tile..............$ 24.78
10.22
---------------------------------------------------------------ROOF0205-001 05/01/2010
BLACKFORD, DELAWARE, GRANT, HOWARD, JAY, MADISON, and TIPTON
COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
ROOFER...........................$ 20.64
8.54
---------------------------------------------------------------SFIN0669-002 07/01/2013
Rates
Fringes
SPRINKLER FITTER.................$ 34.04
17.63
---------------------------------------------------------------SHEE0020-003 07/01/2012
ADAMS, ALLEN, BLACKFORD, CASS, DEKALB, GRANT, HOWARD,
HUNTINGTON, JAY, MIAMI, NOBLE, STEUBEN, WABASH, WELLS, and
WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Sheet metal worker (HVAC Duct
Work)............................$ 29.97
18.84
---------------------------------------------------------------SHEE0020-004 07/01/2010
BARTHOLOMEW, BOONE, DELAWARE, HAMILTON, HANCOCK, HENDRICKS,
JOHNSON, MADISON, MARION, MONROE, MORGAN, SHELBY AND TIPTON
COUNTIES
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
27/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Rates
Fringes
Sheet metal worker (Including
HVAC Duct Work)..................$ 31.46
16.77
---------------------------------------------------------------SHEE0020-016 01/01/2014
FULTON COUNTY
Rates
Fringes
Sheet metal worker...............$ 28.73
20.72
---------------------------------------------------------------SHEE0020-020 07/01/2012
BENTON, CLINTON, CARROLL, FOUNTAIN, MONTGOMERY, TIPPECANOE,
WARREN AND WHITE COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
Sheet metal worker (Including
HVAC Duct Work)..................$ 31.01
19.41
---------------------------------------------------------------TEAM0135-001 04/01/2013
BARTHOLOMEW, BENTON, BLACKFORD, CARROLL, CASS, CLINTON,
DELAWARE, FOUNTAIN, GRANT, HOWARD, JAY, MADISON, MARION, MIAMI,
MONROE, MONTGOMERY, TIPPECANOE, TIPTON, WABASH, WARREN, & WHITE
COUNTIES
Rates
TRUCK DRIVER
GROUP 1.....................$ 26.75
GROUP 2.....................$ 27.25
GROUP 3.....................$ 27.45
GROUP 4.....................$ 27.60
GROUP 5.....................$ 28.75
Fringes
344.80/WK+A
344.80/WK+A
344.80/WK+A
344.80/WK+A
344.80/WK+A
A: $27.70 PER DAY.
TRUCK DRIVER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Single Axle Trucks, seven (7) cu. yds. or less than
ten and one-half (10 1/2) tons, dupsters, scoop-mobiles
five (5) cu.yds. and under or less than seven and one-half
(7 1/2) tons, mixer trucks three (3) cu.yds. and under, air
compressors and welding machines, including those pulled by
separate units, batch trucks-wet or dry- 2"34-E" batches or
less, truck driver helpers, warehousemen, mechanic's
helpers, greasers and tiremen, all pick-up trucks and other
vehicles. Drivers on dumpsters or similar dumpsters,
mounted on four (4) wheel truck rated two (2) cu.yds. or
less, and small pallet type fork-lift operator and drivers
on pallet jacks or similar type equipment.
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
28/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
GROUP 2: Drivers on tandem axle eighteen (18) cu.yds. or
twenty- four (24) tons gross, six (6) wheel trucks,
Koehring or similar dumpsters, tract trucks, Euclids, hug
bottom dumps, tournapulls, trounatrailers, tournarockers,
or similar equipment when used for transportation purposes
under nine (9) cu.yds. or less than thirteen and one-half
(13 1/2) tons, tandems and semi-trailer service trucks,
mixer trucks over three (3) cu.yds. and including six and
one-half (6 1/2) cu.yds., fork lift, four (4) wheel Aframe trucks when used for transportation purposes, four
(4) wheel winch trucks, pavement breakers, batch trucks-wet
or dry- over 2 up to and including 4-"34-E" batches two (2)
men oil distributors, fork-lift under four (4) ton and
vacuum trucks.
GROUP 3: Koehring or similar dumpsters, tract trucks, semitrailer water trucks, Euclids, hug bottom dumps,
tournapulls, tournatrailers, tournarockers, tractor
trailers, tandems, Q- frame winch trucks, hydrolift turcks
or similar equipment when used for transportation purposes,
mixer trucks over six and one- half (6 1/2) cu.yds, batch
trucks wet or dry over 4 - "34-E" batches single equipment
operated by employees withing this Bargaining unit. Six
(6) wheel pole trailers and one (1) man oil distributors,
fork-lift over four (4) ton and mobile mixers.
GROUP 4: Drivers on heavy equipment over sixteen (16) cu.yds.
or twenty-four (24) ton, such as Koehring or similar
dumpsters, tract trucks, Euclids, hug bottom dumps,
tournapulls, tournarockers or similar equipment when used
for transportation purposes, pole trailers over six (6)
wheels, water pulls, low-boy trailers tandem axles, quad
axle or more no-weight limitation, diesel and/or heavy
equipment mechanics.
GROUP 5: Mechanic furnishing his own tools.
---------------------------------------------------------------* TEAM0364-002 06/01/2014
FULTON COUNTY
Rates
TRUCK DRIVER
GROUP 1.....................$ 25.16
GROUP 2.....................$ 25.37
GROUP 3.....................$ 25.45
GROUP 4.....................$ 26.03
Fringes
A+B
A+B
A+B
A+B
FOOTNOTES:
A. HEALTH & WELFARE: $287.70 per week for each employee.
PENSION: $61.20 per week for each employee.
B. HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July,
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
29/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.
TRUCK DRIVER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1:
GROUP 2:
GROUP 3:
GROUP 4:
Pick-up Trucks
Single Axle Trucks
Tandem, Tri-axle and Fuel Trucks
Semi-trailer Trucks
---------------------------------------------------------------TEAM0414-001 07/01/2013
ADAMS, ALLEN, DEKALB, HUNTINGTON, NOBLE, STEUBEN, WELLS, AND
WHITLEY COUNTIES
Rates
TRUCK DRIVER
Group 1.....................$ 25.72
Group 2.....................$ 25.91
Group 3.....................$ 26.01
Group 4.....................$ 26.11
Group 5.....................$ 24.21
Fringes
586.20/WK
586.20/WK
586.20/WK
586.20/WK
586.20/WK
TRUCK DRIVER CLASSIFICATIONS:
GROUP 1: Truck Driver Helper
GROUP 2: Truck Driver on Fork Lifts
GROUP 3: Truck Driver on Tandem, Semi, or Tri-axle
GROUP 4: Truck Driver on Water Trucks and Mechanic
GROUP 5: Truck Driver Euclid/Earth Movers
---------------------------------------------------------------TEAM0716-001 06/01/2013
HAMILTON, HANCOCK, HENDRICKS, JOHNSON, MORGAN, AND SHELTBY
COUNTIES
Rates
Fringes
TRUCK DRIVER
Group 1.....................$ 25.87
Group 2.....................$ 25.94
Group 3.....................$ 26.02
13.45
13.45
13.45
TRUCK DRIVER CLASSIFICATIONS:
GROUP 1: Truck Driver Helper
GROUP 2: Truck Driver on Fork Lifts
GROUP 3: Truck Driver on Tandem, Semi, or Tri-axle
---------------------------------------------------------------WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing
operation to which welding is incidental.
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
30/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
================================================================
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within
the scope of the classifications listed may be added after
award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses
(29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).
----------------------------------------------------------------
The body of each wage determination lists the classification
and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the
cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage
determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical
order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular
rate is union or non-union.
Union Identifiers
An identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with
characters other than "SU" denotes that the union
classification and rate have found to be prevailing for that
classification. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2011. The first
four letters , PLUM, indicate the international union and the
four-digit number, 0198, that follows indicates the local union
number or district council number where applicable , i.e.,
Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is
an internal number used in processing the wage determination.
The date, 07/01/2011, following these characters is the
effective date of the most current negotiated rate/collective
bargaining agreement which would be July 1, 2011 in the above
example.
Union prevailing wage rates will be updated to reflect any
changes in the collective bargaining agreements governing the
rates.
0000/9999: weighted union wage rates will be published annually
each January.
Non-Union Identifiers
Classifications listed under an "SU" identifier were derived
from survey data by computing average rates and are not union
rates; however, the data used in computing these rates may
include both union and non-union data. Example: SULA2004-007
5/13/2010. SU indicates the rates are not union majority rates,
LA indicates the State of Louisiana; 2004 is the year of the
survey; and 007 is an internal number used in producing the
wage determination. A 1993 or later date, 5/13/2010, indicates
the classifications and rates under that identifier were issued
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
31/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
as a General Wage Determination on that date.
Survey wage rates will remain in effect and will not change
until a new survey is conducted.
---------------------------------------------------------------WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on
a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour
Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted
because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)
and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal
process described here, initial contact should be with the
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can request
review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator
(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
interested party's position and by any information (wage
payment data, project description, area practice material,
etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative
Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
32/33
6/26/2014
www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
================================================================
END OF GENERAL DECISION
http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/IN2.dvb?v=9
33/33
Attachment D
Copeland Act Contract Provisions
(1)
Purpose:
This part prescribes “anti-kickback” regulations under section 2 of the Act of June 13, 1934, as
amended (40 U.S.C. 276c), popularly known as the Copeland Act. This part applies to any contract
which is subject to Federal wage standards and which is for the construction, prosecution,
completion, or repair of public buildings, public works or buildings or works financed in whole or
in part by loans or grants from the United States. The part is intended to aid in the enforcement of
the minimum wage provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act and the various statutes dealing with
federally assisted construction that contain similar minimum wage provisions, including those
provisions which are not subject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 (e.g., the College Housing Act of
1950, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Housing Act of 1959), and in the
enforcement of the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours Standards Act whenever they
are applicable to construction work. The part details the obligation of contractors and
subcontractors relative to the weekly submission of statements regarding the wages paid on work
covered thereby; sets forth the circumstances and procedures governing the making of payroll
deductions from the wages of those employed on such work; and delineates the methods of
payment permissible on such work.
(2)
Weekly statement with respect to payment of wages.
(a) As used in this section, the term employee shall not apply to persons in classifications higher than that of laborer
or mechanic and those who are the immediate supervisors of such employees.
(b) Each contractor or subcontractor engaged in the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of any public
building or public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States,
shall furnish each week a statement with respect to the wages paid each of its employees engaged on work covered
by this part 3 and part 5 of this chapter during the preceding weekly payroll period. This statement shall be
executed by the contractor or subcontractor or by an authorized officer or employee of the contractor or
subcontractor who supervises the payment of wages, and shall be on form WH 348, “Statement of Compliance”,
or on an identical form on the back of WH 347, “Payroll (For Contractors Optional Use)” or on any form with
identical wording. Sample copies of WH 347 and WH 348 may be obtained from the Government contracting or
sponsoring agency, and copies of these forms may be purchased at the Government Printing Office.
(c) The requirements of this section shall not apply to any contract of $2,000 or less.
(d) Upon a written finding by the head of a Federal agency, the Secretary of Labor may provide reasonable
limitations, variations, tolerances, and exemptions from the requirements of this section subject to such conditions
as the Secretary of Labor may specify.[29 FR 97, Jan. 4, 1964, as amended at 33 FR 10186, July 17, 1968; 47 FR
23679, May 28, 1982]
(3) Submission of weekly statements and the preservation and
inspection of weekly payroll records.
(a) Each weekly statement required under Sec. 3.3 shall be delivered by the contractor or subcontractor, within seven
days after the regular payment date of the payroll period, to a representative of a Federal or
State agency in charge at the site of the building or work, or, if there is no representative of a Federal or State
agency at the site of the building or work, the statement shall be mailed by the contractor or subcontractor, within
such time, to a Federal or State agency contracting for or financing the building or work. After such examination
and check as may be made, such statement, or a copy thereof, shall be kept available, or shall be transmitted
together with a report of any violation, in accordance with applicable procedures prescribed by the United States
Department of Labor.
Page 1 of 4
Attachment D
(b) Each contractor or subcontractor shall preserve his weekly payroll records for a period of three years from date of
completion of the contract. The payroll records shall set out accurately and completely the name and address of
each laborer and mechanic, his correct classification, rate of pay, daily and weekly number of hours worked,
deductions made, and actual wages paid. Such payroll records shall be made available at all times for inspection
by the contracting officer or his authorized representative, and by authorized representatives of the Department of
Labor.
(Reporting and recordkeeping requirements in paragraph (b) have been approved by the Office of Management
and Budget under control number 1215-0017)
(4) Payroll deductions permissible without application to or approval
of the Secretary of Labor.
Deductions made under the circumstances or in the situations described in the paragraphs of this
section may be made without application to and approval of the Secretary of Labor:
(a) Any deduction made in compliance with the requirements of Federal, State, or local law, such as Federal or State
withholding income taxes and Federal social security taxes.
(b) Any deduction of sums previously paid to the employee as a bona fide prepayment of wages when such
prepayment is made without discount or interest. A bona fide prepayment of wages is considered to have been
made only when cash or its equivalent has been advanced to the person employed in such manner as to give him
complete freedom of disposition of the advanced funds.
(c) Any deduction of amounts required by court process to be paid to another, unless the deduction is in favor of the
contractor, subcontractor, or any affiliated person, or when collusion or collaboration exists.
(d) Any deduction constituting a contribution on behalf of the person employed to funds established by the employer
or representatives of employees, or both, for the purpose of providing either from principal or income, or both,
medical or hospital care, pensions or annuities on retirement, death benefits, compensation for injuries, illness,
accidents, sickness, or disability, or for insurance to provide any of the foregoing, or unemployment benefits,
vacation pay, savings accounts, or similar payments for the benefit of employees, their families and dependents:
Provided, however, That the following standards are met:
(1) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law;
(2) It is either:
(i) Voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to
be done and such consent is not a condition either for the obtaining of or for the continuation of
employment, or
(ii) Provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and
representatives of its employees;
(3) No profit or other benefit is otherwise obtained, directly or indirectly, by the contractor or subcontractor or
any affiliated person in the form of commission, dividend, or otherwise; and
(4) The deductions shall serve the convenience and interest of the employee.
(e) Any deduction contributing toward the purchase of United States Defense Stamps and Bonds when voluntarily
authorized by the employee.
(f) Any deduction requested by the employee to enable him to repay loans to or to purchase shares in credit unions
organized and operated in accordance with Federal and State credit union statutes.
(g) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making of contributions to governmental or quasigovernmental agencies, such as the American Red Cross.
(h) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making of contributions to Community Chests,
United Givers Funds, and similar charitable organizations.
(i) Any deductions to pay regular union initiation fees and membership dues, not including fines or special
assessments: Provided, however, That a collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor
and representatives of its employees provides for such deductions and the deductions are not otherwise prohibited
by law.
(j) Any deduction not more than for the “reasonable cost” of board, lodging, or other facilities meeting the
requirements of section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and part 531
of this title. When such a deduction is made the additional records required under Sec. 516.25(a) of this title shall
be kept.
Page 2 of 4
Attachment D
(k) Any deduction for the cost of safety equipment of nominal value purchased by the employee as his own property
for his personal protection in his work, such as safety shoes, safety glasses, safety gloves, and hard hats, if such
equipment is not required by law to be furnished by the employer, if such deduction is not violative of the Fair
Labor Standards Act or prohibited by other law, if the cost on which the deduction is based does not exceed the
actual cost to the employer where the equipment is purchased from him and does not include any direct or indirect
monetary return to the employer where the equipment is purchased from a third person, and if the deduction is
either
(1) Voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be
done and such consent is not a condition either for the obtaining of employment or its continuance; or
(2) Provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and
representatives of its employees.
(5) Payroll deductions permissible with the approval of the Secretary
of Labor.
Any contractor or subcontractor may apply to the Secretary of Labor for permission to make any
deduction not permitted under Sec. 3.5. The Secretary may grant permission whenever he finds that:
(a) The contractor, subcontractor, or any affiliated person does not make a profit or benefit directly or indirectly from
the deduction either in the form of a commission, dividend, or otherwise;
(b) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law;
(c) The deduction is either
(1) Voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be
done and such consent is not a condition either for the obtaining of employment or its continuance, or
(2) Provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and
representatives of its employees; and
(d) The deduction serves the convenience and interest of the employee.
(6)
Applications for the approval of the Secretary of Labor.
Any application for the making of payroll deductions under Sec. 3.6 shall comply with the
requirements prescribed in the following paragraphs of this section:
(a) The application shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the Secretary of Labor.
(b) The application need not identify the contract or contracts under which the work in question is to be performed.
Permission will be given for deductions on all current and future contracts of the applicant for a period of 1 year.
A renewal of permission to make such payroll deduction will be granted upon the submission of an application
which makes reference to the original application, recites the date of the Secretary of Labor’s approval of such
deductions, states affirmatively that there is continued compliance with the standards set forth in the provisions of
Sec. 3.6, and specifies any conditions which have changed in regard to the payroll deductions.
(c) The application shall state affirmatively that there is compliance with the standards set forth in the provisions of
Sec. 3.6. The affirmation shall be accompanied by a full statement of the facts indicating such compliance.
(d) The application shall include a description of the proposed deduction, the purpose to be served thereby, and the
classes of laborers or mechanics from whose wages the proposed deduction would be made.
(e) The application shall state the name and business of any third person to whom any funds obtained from the
proposed deductions are to be transmitted and the affiliation of such person, if any, with the
applicant.
Page 3 of 4
Attachment D
(7)
Action by the Secretary of Labor upon applications.
The Secretary of Labor shall decide whether or not the requested deduction is permissible under
provisions of Sec. 3.6; and shall notify the applicant in writing of his decision.
(8)
Prohibited payroll deductions.
Deductions not elsewhere provided for by this part and which are not found to be permissible under
Sec. 3.6 are prohibited.
(9)
Methods of payment of wages.
The payment of wages shall be by cash, negotiable instruments payable on demand, or the additional
forms of compensation for which deductions are permissible under this part. No other methods of
payment shall be recognized on work subject to the Copeland Act.
(10) Regulations part of contract.
All contracts made with respect to the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of any public
building or public work or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the
United States covered by the regulations in this part shall expressly bind the contractor or
subcontractor to comply with such of the regulations in this part as may be applicable. In this regard,
see Sec. 5.5(a) of this subtitle.
Page 4 of 4
Attachment D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
SECTION 01 01 00 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
PROJECT/WORK IDENTIFICATION:
The work is site work surrounding the installation of a modular unit west of the existing
Head start facility located on 812 West 13th Street in Anderson, IN. The modular unit is
NOT part of this scope of work. TRC Head start is contracting out the installation of the
modular building currently. Site work includes sidewalks, grading and under-ground
utility hookups, water, electric, sanitary, storm, gas, for the new modular unit.
The 8” concrete block foundation, footer & plate.
PRIME CONTRACTS
There will be (1) prime contractor for all construction work – General Contractor (GC)
SCHEDULE:
This work is to occur immediately, with substantial completion goal of November 1st
2014
WORK OF THE PROJECT:
The contractors are to provide all material, labor, equipment, transportation, and other
efforts that may be needed to provide a complete and useable facility. The GC shall
coordinate the construction of the project.
The work generally includes:
1. Foundations for modular unit (provided by site contractor)
2. Upgrading and adding new sidewalks
3. Site utility work
END OF SECTION 01 01 00
krM Architecture+
Summary of The Work
01 01 00 - 1
SECTION
01 02 00
-
ALLOWANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of
this section.
Reminder: General Conditions of the Contract include the following subparagraph
pertaining to "Allowances":
“ the Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation
costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original
allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowance;...".
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
Definitions and Explanations: Certain requirements of the work related to each
allowance are shown and specified in contract documents. The allowance has
been established in lieu of additional requirements for that work, and further
requirements thereof (if any) will be issued by change order.
Allowances should be listed as separate items on Schedule of Values and on
Continuation Sheets attached to Pay Application. Unused allowances or portions
not used shall be returned back to the owner by Change Order at end of project.
The cash allowance shall be drawn against and authorized in the same method
described for changes to the work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
LIST OF ALLOWANCES
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture
Allowances
01 02 00 - 1
SECTION 01 02 70 - APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing Applications
for Payment.
B.
Coordinate the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment with the Construction
Schedule, List of Subcontracts, and Submittal Schedule.
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A.
Coordinate preparation of Schedule of Values with preparation of the Construction
Schedule. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required
administrative schedules and forms. Each Contractor’s surety company will provide
written documentation of their agreement with schedule of values.
B.
Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect via Construction Manager at the earliest
feasible date, but in no case later than 7 days before the date scheduled for submittal of
the initial Application for Payment.
1.
Where the Work is separated into phases that require separately phased
payments, provide sub-schedules showing values correlated with each phase of
payment.
C.
Use the Project Manual Table of Contents as a guide to establish the format for the
Schedule of Values.
D.
Arrange the Schedule of Values in a tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
1. Generic name.
2. Related Specification Section.
3. Name of subcontractor.
4. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
5. Name of supplier.
6. Change Orders (numbers) that have affected value.
7. Dollar value.
8. Percentage of Contract Sum to the nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total
100 percent.
E.
Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Break principal subcontract
amounts down into several line items with separate costs for labor and material.
F.
For each part of the Work where an Application for Payment may include materials or
equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed, provide separate line
items on the Schedule of Values for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent
stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
G.
Margins of Cost: Show line items for indirect costs, and margins on actual costs, only to
the extent that such items will be listed individually in Applications for Payment. Each
item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete including
krM Architecture
Application for payment
01 02 70 - 1
its total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin.
H.
1.03
At the Contractor's option, temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not
direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown as separate line items in the Schedule of
Values or distributed as general overhead expense.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A.
General: Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and
payments. The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at time of
Substantial Completion, and the final Application for Payment involve additional
requirements.
B.
Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is the 25th day of each
month, unless another day is indicated in the Agreement. The period of construction
Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period ending 7 days prior to the
date for each progress payment and starting the day following the end of the preceding
period.
C.
Payment Application Forms: Use Document and Continuation Sheets provided at the end
of this section for Application for Payment.
D.
Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form, including notarization and
execution by person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Owner.
Incomplete applications will be returned without action.
E.
Transmittal: Submit 3 executed copies of Application for Payment to the Construction
Manager; copies shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments.
F.
Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede
or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
3. Schedule of Values.
4. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
5. Schedule of principal products.
6. Schedule of unit prices.
7. Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final).
8. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
9. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
10. Copies of building permits.
11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for performance of
the Work.
12. Initial progress report.
13. Report of pre-construction meeting.
14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
G.
Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the Certificate
of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment; this application shall reflect
any Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for owner occupancy
of designated portions of the Work. Administrative actions and submittals that shall
proceed or coincide with this application include:
1. Occupancy permits and similar approvals.
2. Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements.
krM Architecture
Application for payment
01 02 70 - 2
3. Test/adjust/balance records.
4. Maintenance instructions (O&M Manuals).
5. Record/As-Built Drawings
6. Meter readings.
7. Start-up performance reports.
8. Change-over information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation and
maintenance.
9. Final cleaning.
10. Advice on shifting insurance coverages.
11. Final progress photographs.
12. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate of
Substantial Completion.
H.
Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals which must precede or
coincide with submittal of the final payment Application for Payment include the following:
1. Completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion.
3. Assurance that unsettled claims will be settled.
4. Assurance that Work not complete and accepted will be completed without undue
delay.
5. Transmittal of required Project construction records to Owner.
6. Certified property survey.
7. Proof that taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid.
8. Removal of temporary facilities and services.
9. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements.
10. Change of door locks to Owner's access.
I.
Application for Reduction of Retainage or Retainage Release: Administrative actions and
submittals which must precede or coincide with submittal of the release of retainage
include the following:
1. Submit (30) thirty days after approval of Final Payment Application
2. Completion and close-out of all project related items for full retainage release.
3. For partial retainage release list all remaining items with associated value(s) to be held.
Value shall be amount agreeable based on Architects/Engineers estimate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture
Application for payment
01 02 70 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
SECTION 01 04 50 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
ontract, including General and Supplementary
Drawings and general provisions of c
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
Definition: "Cutting and patching" includes cutting into existing or new construction to provide or
the installation or performance of other work and subsequent fitting and patching required to
restore surfaces to their original condition. The contractor is required to perform all cutting and
patching that may be required to allow all new components of the construction to be installed.
The contractors are to closely examine the existing structure for and evaluate the amount of
cutting and patching required to allow the designs to be fully implemented. Any cutting and
patching that is required to allow the design to be fully completed is to be included in the work of
the contractor whether or not it is specifically shown on the drawings or defined in the
specifications manual.
"Cutting and patching" is performed for coordination of the work, to uncover work for access or
inspection, to obtain samples for testing, to permit alterations to be performed or for other similar
purposes.
Cutting and patching performed during the manufacture of products, or during the initial
fabrication, erection or installation processes is not considered to be "cutting and patching"
under this definition. Drilling of holes to install fasteners and similar operations are also not
considered to be "cutting and patching".
Refer to other sections of these specifications for specific cutting and patching requirements and
limitations applicable to individual units of work.
Unless otherwise specified requirements of this section apply to mechanical and electrical work.
Refer to Division-15 and Division-16 sections for additional requirements and limitations on
cutting and patching of mechanical and electrical work.
WHEN REQUIRED
Only perform cutting and patching when required as part of a quality installation procedure.
Cutting and patching to install components that could have been installed with a better quality
installation prior to covering the required installation area is subject to complete removal and reinstallation rather than cutting and patching a newly constructed area.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner that would
result in a reduction of load-carrying capacity or of load-deflection ratio.
Before cutting and patching the following categories of work, obtain the Architect's approval to
proceed with cutting and patching as described in the procedural proposal for cutting and
patching.
krM Architecture
Cutting and Patching
01 04 50 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Structural steel and miscellaneous structural metals, including lintels, equipment supports, stair
systems and similar categories of work.
Structural concrete.
Foundation construction.
Structural decking.
Piping, ductwork, vessels and equipment.
Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operational elements or safety related
components in a manner that would result in a reduction of their capacity to perform in the
manner intended, including energy performance, or that would result in increased maintenance,
or decreased operational life or decreased safety.
Before cutting and patching the following elements of work, and similar work elements where
directed, obtain the Architect approval to proceed with cutting and patching as proposed in the
proposal for cutting and patching: Control, communication, conveying, and electrical wiring
systems. Be particularly careful working around spray on fireproofing. Repair all that is disturbed
CUTTING AND PATCHING OF FINISHED SURFACES
Evaluate the areas to be cut to allow new construction to be implemented. Provide all material
and labor to cut, and patch back to finished condition as required to match the finishes intended
for the general area.
Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch work exposed on the building's exterior or in it's
occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the Architect’s opinion, result in lessening the
building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch work in an manner that would result in
substantial visual evidence of cut and patch work. Remove and replace work judged by the
Architect to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
SUBMITTALS:
Procedural Proposal for Cutting and Patching: Where prior approval of cutting and patching is
required, submit proposed procedures for this work well in advance of the time work will be
performed and request approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in
the submittal:
Describe nature of the work and how it is to be performed, indicating why cutting and patching
cannot be avoided. Describe anticipated results of the work in terms of changes to existing
work, including structural, operational and visual changes as well as other significant elements.
List utilities that will be disturbed or otherwise be affected by work, including those that will be
relocated and those that will be out-of-service temporarily. Indicate how long utility service will
be disrupted.
Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching work does not waive the
Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of work found to be cut and
patched in an unsatisfactory manner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIAL:
krM Architecture
Cutting and Patching
01 04 50 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
General: Except as otherwise indicated, or as directed by the Architect, use materials for cutting
and patching that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available, or
cannot be used, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible
with regard to visual effect. Use materials for cutting and patching that will result in equal-orbetter performance characteristics.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSPECTION:
Before cutting, examine the surfaces to be cut and patched and the conditions under which the
work is to be performed. If unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take
corrective action before proceeding with the work.
PREPARATION:
Temporary Support: To prevent failure provide temporary support of work to
be cut.
Protection: Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection
from adverse weather conditions for that part of the project that may be exposed during cutting
and patching operations.
Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.
Take precautions not to cut existing pipe, conduit or duct serving the building but scheduled to be
relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
PERFORMANCE:
General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching work. Except as otherwise
indicated or as approval by the Architect, proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest
feasible time and complete work without delay.
Cutting: Cut the work using methods that are least likely to damage work to
be retained or adjoining work. Where possible review proposed procedures with the original
installer; comply with original installer's recommendations.
In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting
machine such as a carborundum saw or core drill to insure a neat hole. Cut holes and slots
neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent work. To avoid marring existing
finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
Comply with requirements of applicable sections of Division 2 where cutting and patching
required excavating and backfilling.
By-pass utility services such as pipe and conduit, before cutting, where such utility services are
shown or required to be removed, relocated or abandoned. Cut-off conduit and pipe in walls or
within partitions to be removed. After by-pass and cutting, cap, valve or plug and seal tight
remaining portion of pipe and conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter.
Patching: Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified
tolerance for the work.
krM Architecture
Cutting and Patching
01 04 50 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of work.
Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and where necessary extend finish restoration into
retained adjoining work in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another finished area, patch
and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform color
and appearance. If necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance, remove existing floor
and wall coverings and replace with new materials.
Where patch occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken
surface containing patch, after patched area has received prime and base coat.
Patch, repair or re-hang existing ceiling as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform
appearance.
CLEANING:
Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where work is performed or used as access to work.
Remove completely point, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping,
conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore damaged pipe
covering to its original condition.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture
Cutting and Patching
01 04 50 - 4
1
SECTION 01 07 00 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
2
PART 1 GENERAL
3
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING ABBREVIATIONS
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
Architectural abbreviations used on the Drawings shall be as defined in the following
list. Discrepancies or abbreviations used on the Drawings but not included in this list
shall be as interpreted by the Architect. In cases where different abbreviations are used
on the drawings and the abbreviation is explained on the drawing, the drawing shall
take precedence.
ABV
AFF
ACC
AP
AC
ACMU
ACPL
ACP
ACT
ADDN
ADH
ADJ
ADJT
AGG
A/C
ALT
ALUM
ANC
AB
ANOD
APX
ARCH
ASB
ASPH
BPT
BSMT
BRG
BM
BEL
BET
BVL
BIT
BLK
BLKG
BD
BW
above
above finished floor
access, accessible
access panel
acoustical
acoustical concrete
masonry unit
acoustical plaster
acoustical panels
acoustical tile
addition
adhesive
adjacent
adjustable
aggregate
air conditioning
alternate
aluminum
anchor, anchorage
anchor bolt
anodized
approximate
architect (ural)
asbestos
asphalt
baked paint
basement
bearing
beam or bench mark
below
between
beveled
bituminous or bitumen
block
blocking
board
both ways
krM Architecture+
CAB
CPT
CSMT
CI
CB
CK
CLG
CEM
PCPL
CER
CT
CHBD
CHAM
C
CIR
CIRC
CLR
CLOS
COL
COMB
COMP
CONC
CMU
cx
CONST
ci
CONT
CONTR
CJT
CPR
CG
CORR
CTR
CFL
CTSK
CRS
DP
cabinet
carpet (ed)
casement
cast iron
catch basin
calk (ing), caulk (ing)
ceiling
cement
cement plaster (Portland)
ceramic
ceramic tile
chalkboard
chamfer
channel
circle
circumference
clear (ance)
closet
column
combination
compress (ed), (ion), (ible)
concrete
concrete masonry unit
connection
construction
construction joint
continuous or continue
contract (or)
control joint
copper
corner guard
corrugated
counter
counter-flashing
countersunk
course (s)
damp-proofing
Abbreviations
01 07 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
BOT
BR
BRZ
BLDG
BUR
DTL
DIAG
DIAM
DIM
DPR
DO/"
DIV
DR
DTA
DTS
DN
DS
D
DT
DWR
DWG
DF
EA
EW
ELEC
EC
EP
EWC
EL
ELEV
EMER
ENC
EPT
EQ
EQP
EST
EXH
EXG
EB
EJT
EXP
EXT
FAB
FB
FBD
FGL
FRP
FRPP
bottom
brick
bronze
building
built-up roofing
detail
diagonal
diameter
dimension
dispenser
ditto
division
door
dovetail anchor
dovetail anchor slot
down
downspout
drain
drain tile
drawer
drawing
drinking fountain
each
each way
electric (al)
electrical contractor
electrical panelboard
electric water cooler
elevation
elevator
emergency
enclose (ure)
epoxy paint
equal
equipment
estimate
exhaust
existing
expansion bolt
expansion joint
exposed
exterior
fabricator
face brick
fiberboard
fiberglass
fiberglass reinforced
plastic
fiberglass reinforced
plastic panel
krM Architecture+
DEM
DMT
DEPT
DEP
demolish, demolition
demountable
department
depressed
FLR
FD
FLUR
FLDG
FTG
FND
FR
FRA
FS
FUR
FUT
GA
GV
GI
GKT
GC
GL
GRG
GST
GB
GD
GR
GCMU
GVL
GYP
GBD
GPL
HDCP
HR
HBD
HDW
HWD
HDR
HTG
HVAC
HD
HWC
HT
HC
HM
HOR
HB
HWH
floor (ing)
floor drain
fluorescent
folding
footing
foundation
frame (d), (ing)
fresh air
full size
furred (ing)
future
gage, gauge
galvanized
galvanized iron
gasket (ed)
general contract (or)
glass, glazing
glass reinforced gypsum
glazed structural tile
grab bar
grade, grading
ground
ground concrete masonry
units
gravel
gypsum
gypsum board
gypsum plaster
handicapped
handrail
hardboard
hardware
hardwood
header
heating
heating/ventilating/air
conditioning
heavy duty
heavy weight concrete
height
hollow core
hollow metal
horizontal
hose bibb
hot water heater
Abbreviations
01 07 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
FIN
PPE
FFL
PA
FE
PEC
FP
FLG
FHWS
KCPL
KPL
KIT
KO
LBL
LAB
LAM
LVL
LAV
LH
L
LT
LW
LWC
LTL
LKR
LVR
MH
MFR
MRB
MAS
MO
MTL
MAX
MECH
Mc
MCAB
MBR
MMB
MET
MCP
MCB
MEZZ
MWK
MIN
MIR
misc
MOD
MLDG
MT
MOV
finish (ed)
finished floor elevation
finished floor line
fire alarm
fire extinguisher
fire extinguisher cabinet
fireproof
flashing
flathead wood screw
Keene's cement plaster
kickplate
kitchen
knockout
label
laboratory
laminate (d)
laminated veneer lumber
lavoratory
left hand
length or steel angle
light
lightweight
lightweight concrete
lintel
locker
louver
manhole
manufacture (er)
marble
masonry
masonry opening
material (s)
maximum
mechanic (al)
mechanical contractor
medicine cabinet
member
membrane
metal
metal composite panels
metal corner bead
mezzanine
millwork
minimum
mirror
miscellaneous
modular or modified
molding, moulding
mount (ed), (ing)
movable
krM Architecture+
INCIN
INCL
ID
INS
INT
INV
JC
JT
JST
PTD
PTR
PAR
PBD
PTN
PVMT
PERF
PERI
PLAS
PLAM
PL
PWD
PCP
PCF
PFL
PSF
PSI
PCC
PFB
PCMU
PFN
PRF
PSC
PL
QT
QUAN
RBT
RAD
RWL
REC
REF
RFL
REFR
REG
RE
RCP
REM
REQ
RES
RET
incinerator
include (d), (ing)
inside diameter
insulate (d), (ion)
interior
invert
janitor's closet
joint
joist
paper towel.dispenser
paper towel receptor
parallel
particle board
partition
pavement
perforate (d)
perimeter
plaster
plastic laminate
plate
plywood
Portland cement plaster
pounds per cubic foot
pounds per lineal foot
pounds per square foot
pounds per square inch
precast concrete
prefabricate (d)
prefaced concrete
masonry units
prefinished
preformed
prestressed concrete
property line
quarry tile
quantity
rabbet, rebate
radius
rainwater leader
recessed
reference
reflect (ed), (ive), (or)
refrigerator
register
reinforce (d), (ing)
reinforced concrete pipe
remove
required
resilient
return
Abbreviations
01 07 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
MULL
NRC
NOM
NIC
NTS
OC
OPG
OPP
OD
OA
OH
PT
PNL
SNR
SCH
SCN
SNT
SEC
SS
SHT
SV
SH
SIM
S
SC
SPKR
SPEC
SB
SQ
SSV
SST
STD
ST
STOR
SD
STR
SCT
SUS
SW
SUP
SYM
SYN
SYS
TKBD
TP
TEL
TV
TEMP
TZ
TH
mullion
noise reduction coefficient
nominal
not in contract
not to scale
on center (s)
opening
opposite
outside diameter
overall
overhead
paint (ed)
panel
sanitary napkin receptor
schedule
screen
sealant
section
service sink
sheet
sheet vinyl
shelf, shelving
similar
sink
solid core
speaker
specification (s)
splash block
square
stain, seal & varnish
stainless steel
standard
steel
storage
storm drain
structural
structural clay tile
suspended
switch
supplier
symmetry (ical)
synthetic
system
tackboard
tangent point
telephone
television
temperature
terrazzo
test hole
krM Architecture+
RA
RVS
REV
RH
R
RD
RPG
RM
RO
RB
RBT
SF
SND
TPD
TPTN
T&G
TFE
TW
TB
T
TF
TYP
UC
UH
UL
UNF
UON
UR
VJ
VBR
VAR
VNR
VERT
VIN
VB
VCT
VF
VT
VWC
WSCT
WC
WP
WWF
WT
W
WG
W/
WDW
WM
W/O
return air
reverse (side)
revision (s), revised
right hand
riser
roof drain
roofing
room
rough opening
rubber base
rubber tile
sand float finish
sanitary napkin dispenser
toilet paper dispenser
toilet partition
tongue and groove
top of footing elevation
top of wall
towel bar
tread
trowelled finish
typical
undercut
unit heater
Underwriters Laboratory
unfinished
unless otherwise noted
urinal
v-joint (ed)
vapor barrier
varnish/varies
veneer
vertical
vinyl
vinyl base
vinyl composition tile
vinyl fabric
vinyl tile
vinyl wall Covering
wainscot
water closet
waterproofing
welded wire fabric
weight
width, wide
wire glass
with
window
wire mesh
without
Abbreviations
01 07 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
THK
THR
thick (ness)
threshold
WD
WB
WPT
wood
wood base
working point
SYMBOLS USED FOR ABBREVIATIONS ON DRAWINGS:
centerline
d
penny
perpendicular
round
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Abbreviations
01 07 00 - 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
SECTION 01 09 00 - DEFINITIONS, AND STANDARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
General: This section specifies procedural and administrative requirements for
compliance with governing regulations and codes and standards imposed upon the
Work. These requirements include obtaining permits, licenses, inspections, releases
and similar documentation, as well as payments, statements and similar requirements
associated with regulations, codes and standards.
The term, "Regulations", is defined to include laws, statutes, ordinances and lawful
orders issued by governing authorities, as well as those rules, conventions and
agreements within the construction industry which effectively control the performance
of the work regardless of whether they are lawfully imposed by governing authority or
not.
DEFINITIONS:
The terms General Contractor and Construction Manager shall be used interchangeably
and shall be considered to have the same meaning throughout the Contract
Documents.
General Explanation: A substantial amount of specification language consists of
definitions of terms found in other contract documents, including the drawings.
(Drawings are recognized as being diagrammatic in nature and not completely
descriptive of the requirements indicated thereon). Certain terms used in contract
documents are defined in this article. Definitions and explanations contained in this
section are not necessarily either complete or exclusive, but are general for the Work to
the extent that they are not stated more explicitly in another element of the contract
documents.
General Requirements: The provisions or requirements of other Division-1 sections
apply to entire work of the Contract and, where so indicated, to other elements which
are included in the project.
Indicated: The term "indicated", is a cross-reference to graphic representations, notes
or schedules on the drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the specifications,
and to similar means of recording requirements in contract documents. Where terms
krM Architecture+
Definitions and Standards
01 09 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled", and "specified" are used in lieu of "indicated",
it is for the
purpose of helping the reader locate the cross-reference, and no limitation of location is
intended except as specifically noted.
Directed, Requested, Etc.: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "directed",
"requested", "authorized", "selected", "approved", "required", "accepted", and
"permitted" mean "directed by Architect", "requested by Architect", and similar
phrases. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend
Architect's/Engineer's responsibility into Contractor's area of construction supervision.
Approve: Where used in conjunction with the Architect's/ Engineer's response to
submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor, the
meaning of term "approved" will be held to limitations of the Architect's/ Engineer 's
responsibilities and duties as specified in General and Supplementary Conditions. In no
case will the Architect/ Engineer's approval be interpreted as a release of the
Contractor from responsibilities to fulfill requirements of contract documents.
Project Site: The term "project site" is defined as the space available to the Contractor
for performance of the Work, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing
other work as part of the project. The extent of the project site is shown on the
drawings, and may or may not be identical with the description of the land upon which
project is to be built.
Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "provide" means "to
furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use", as applicable in each
instance. unless specifically noted "furnish" means the same as provide. Unless
specifically described otherwise "install" means the same as provide.
Installer: The term "installer" is defined as "the entity" (person or firm) engaged by the
Contractor, its subcontractor or subcontractor for performance of a particular unit of
work at the project site, including installation, erection, application an d similar required
operations. It is a requirement that installers are experienced in the operations they are
engaged to perform.
Testing Laboratories: The term "testing laboratory" is defined as an independent entity
engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of the work, either at the project site or
elsewhere, and to report, and (if required) interpret results of those inspections or tests.
DRAWING SYMBOLS:
General: Included in section 01070 of this specification a list of drawing symbols and
abbreviations is listed. Where not otherwise noted, symbols are defined by
"Architectural Graphic Standards", published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., seventh
edition. Where a specific note is made on a drawing indicating a material type, that
symbol shall become the dominant symbol indication for the drawings.
Mechanical/Electrical
krM Architecture+
Definitions and Standards
01 09 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Drawings: Graphic symbols used on mechanical and electrical drawings are generally
aligned with symbols recommended by ASHRAE. See divisions 15 and 16 for additional
definitions of symbols. Where appropriate, these symbols are supplemented by more
specific symbols as recommended by other technical associations including ASME,
ASPE, IEEE and similar organizations. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Architect/
Engineer for clarification before proceeding. See also mechanical and electrical
drawings for symbol identifications
INDUSTRY STANDARDS:
Applicability of Standards: Except where more explicit or stringent requirements are
written into the contract documents, applicable construction industry standards have
the same force and effect as if bound into or copied directly into the contract
documents. Such industry standards are made a part of the contract documents by
reference. Individual specification sections indicate which codes and standards the
Contractor must keep available at the project site for reference.
Referenced standards (standards referenced directly in the contract documents) take
precedence over non-referenced standards that are recognized in the industry for
applicability to the Work.
Non-referenced Standards: Except as otherwise limited by the contract documents,
non-referenced standards recognized in the construction industry are defined as having
direct applicability to the Work and will be enforced for the performance of the Work.
The decision as to whether an industry code or standard is applicable to the Work, or
as to which of several standards are applicable, is the sole responsibility of the
Architect.
Publication Dates: Except as otherwise indicated, where compliance with an industry
standard is required, comply with standard in effect as of date of contract documents.
Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified,
and where these standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum
quantities or quality levels, the most stringent requirement will be enforced, unless the
contract documents specifically indicate a less stringent requirement. Refer
requirements that are different, but apparently equal, and uncertainties as to which
quality level is more stringent to the Architect for a decision before proceeding.
Minimum Quantities or Quality Levels: In every instance the quantity or quality level
shown or specified in intended to be the minimum for the work to be provided or
performed. Unless otherwise indicated, the actual work may either comply exactly, with
in specified tolerances, with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or may exceed
that minimum within reasonable limits. In complying with requirements, the indicated
numeric values are either minimum or maximum values, as notes, or as appropriate for
the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Architect for
decision before proceeding.
Copies of Standards: The contract documents require that each entity performing work
be experienced in that part of the work being performed. Each entity is also required to
krM Architecture+
Definitions and Standards
01 09 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
be familiar with industry standards applicable to that part of the work. Copies of
applicable standards are not bound with the contract documents.
Where copies of standards are needed for proper performance of the Work, the
Contractor is required to obtain such copies directly from the publication source.
Although certain copies of standards needed for enforcement of the requirements may
be required submittals, the Architect/ Engineer reserves the right to require the
Contractor to submit additional copies of these standards as necessary for
enforcement of the requirements.
GOVERNING REGULATIONS/AUTHORITIES:
General: The procedure followed by the Architect has been to contact governing
authorities where necessary to obtain information needed for the purpose of preparing
contract documents; recognizing that such information may or may not be of
significance in relation to the Contractor's responsibilities for performing the Work.
Contact governing authorities directly for necessary information and decision having a
bearing on performance of the Work.
This Project is to conform to the Building Laws of The State of Indiana and The United
States of America.
Copies of Regulations: Obtain copies of the following regulations and retain at the
project site during the Contract Time, available for reference by parties at the site who
have a reasonable need for such reference.
Uniform Building Code and Indiana Amendments
Uniform Mechanical Code and Indiana Amendments
National Electrical Code and Indiana Amendments
Uniform Plumbing Code and Indiana Amendments
OSHA Regulations for site safety.
SUBMITTALS:
Permits, Licenses and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices,
receipts for fee payments, judgments, and similar documents, correspondence and
records established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations
bearing upon performance of the work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (not applicable)
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Definitions and Standards
01 09 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
SECTION 01 20 00 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project
meetings including but not limited to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.02
Pre-Construction Conferences.
Pre-Installation Conferences.
Coordination Meetings.
Progress Meetings.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A.
The Architect and GC will schedule a pre-construction conference and
organizational meeting at the Project site or other convenient location no later
than 15 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of
construction activities. The meeting will be conducted to review responsibilities
and personnel assignments.
B.
Attendees: The Owner, Architect, GC and their consultants, each Prime
Contractor and their superintendent, major subcontractors, manufacturers,
suppliers and other concerned parties shall each be represented at the
conference by persons familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating
to the Work.
C.
Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such
topics as:
1. Tentative construction schedule.
2. Critical Work sequencing.
3. Designation of responsible personnel.
4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
6. Distribution of Contract Documents.
7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
8. Preparation of record documents.
9. Use of the premises
10. Office, Work and Storage areas.
11. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
12. Safety procedures.
13. First aid.
14. Security.
15. Housekeeping.
16. Working hours.
17. Owner requirements.
18. Temporary Facilities and Controls.
krM Architecture+
Project Meetings
01 20 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
1.03
1.04
PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES
A.
Conduct a pre-installation conference at the site before each construction
activity that requires coordination with other construction. The installer and
representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the
installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise
the Architect and GC of scheduled meeting dates.
B.
Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration at each pre-installation conference,
including requirements for:
1. Contract Documents.
2. Options.
3. Related Change Orders.
4. Purchases.
5. Deliveries.
6. Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control Samples.
7. Possible conflicts.
8. Compatibility problems.
9. Time schedules.
10. Weather limitations.
11. Manufacturer's recommendations.
12. Compatibility of materials.
13. Acceptability of substrates.
14. Temporary facilities.
15. Space and access limitations.
16. Governing regulations.
17. Safety.
18. Inspection and testing requirements.
19. Required performance results
20. Recording requirements.
21. Protection.
C.
GC will record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of
each conference, along with the approved schedule. GC will distribute the
record of the meeting to everyone concerned, promptly, including the Owner
and Architect.
D.
Do not proceed if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate
whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work
and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date.
COORDINATION MEETINGS
A.
Conduct Project coordination meetings at regularly scheduled times as
scheduled by Construction Manager. Project coordination meetings are in
addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress
meetings and special pre-installation meetings.
B. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in
coordination or planning for the construction activities involve.
krM Architecture+
Project Meetings
01 20 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
C. 1.05
PROGRESS MEETINGS
A.
The Construction Manager/General Contractor will conduct progress meetings
at the Project site at regularly scheduled intervals and will record and distribute
meeting minutes.
B.
Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and Architect, GC, each
Contractor, subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current
progress or involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities
shall be represented at these meetings by persons familiar with the Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to progress.
C.
Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress
meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include
topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project.
1.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Contractors shall review progress
since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the
Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind
schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be
expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss
whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
2.
Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including
such items as:
a. Interface requirements.
b. Time.
c. Sequences.
d. Deliveries.
e. Off-site fabrication problems.
f. Access.
g. Site utilization.
h. Temporary facilities and services.
i. Hours of Work.
j. Hazards and risks.
k. Housekeeping.
l. Quality and Work standards.
m. Change Orders.
n. Documentation of information for payment requests.
D.
Reporting: Copies of meeting minutes will be distributed to each party present
and to other parties who should have been present by GC.
E.
Schedule Updating: Construction Manager/General Contractor shall revise the
construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the
schedule have been made or recognized. He shall issue the revised schedule to
all concerned including Owner, Construction Manager, Architect and Architect's
consultants.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Project Meetings
01 20 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
SECTION 01 34 00 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
The types of submittal requirements specified in this section include shop drawings, product
data, samples and miscellaneous work-related submittals. Individual submittal requirements are
specified in applicable sections for each unit of work. Refer to other Division-1 sections and
other contract documents for requirements of administrative submittals.
Definitions: Work-related submittals of this section are categorized for convenience as follows:
Shop drawings include specially-prepared technical data for this project, including drawings,
diagrams, performance curves, data sheets, schedules, templates, patterns, reports,
calculations, instructions, measurements and similar information not in standard printed form for
general application to a range of similar projects.
Product data include standard printed information on materials, products and systems; not
specially-prepared for this project, other than the designation of selections from among
available choices printed therein.
Samples include both fabricated and un-fabricated physical examples of materials, products
and units of work; both as complete units and as smaller portions of units of work; either for
limited visual inspection or (where indicated) for more detailed testing and analysis.
Mock-ups are a special form of samples, which are too large or otherwise
handling in specified manner for transmittal of sample submittals.
inconvenient for
Miscellaneous submittals related directly to the work (non-administrative) include warranties,
maintenance agreements, workmanship bonds, project photographs, survey data and reports,
physical work records, quality testing and certifying reports, copies of industry standards,
record drawings, field measurement data, operating and maintenance materials, overrun stock,
and similar information, devices and materials applicable to the work and not processed as
shop drawings, product data or samples.
GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS:
Scheduling: Where appropriate in administrative submittals (listing of products, manufacturers,
suppliers and subcontractors, and in job progress schedule), show principal work-related
submittals and time schedules for coordination of submittal activity with related work in each
instance.
Listing: Prepare a separate listing, organized by related specification section number sequence,
showing principal work-related submittals and their initial submittal dates as required for
coordination of the work. Submit listing within 45 days of date of commencement of the work.
krM Architecture+
Submittals
01 34 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Coordination and Sequencing: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with
performance of the work so that work will not be delayed by submittals. Coordinate and
sequence different categories of submittals for same work, and for interfacing units of work, so
that one will not be delayed for coordination of A/E's review with another.
Preparation of Submittals: Provide permanent marking on each submittal to identify project,
date, Contractor, subcontractor, submittal name and similar information to distinguish it from
other submittals. Show Contractor's executed review and approval marking and provide space
for Architect's "Action" marking. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Submittals are to be delivered to the Architects office by means of e-mail. Files are to
be PDF (Portable Document File as created by Adobe Acrobat or like program) format; name of
file should include spec section number and product name, multiple pages within submittals
should be in one file. Each submittal should be e-mailed in separate e-mails with project name
and file name in the subject line. Size of file should be of a manageable size that can be
transmitted easily by email. E-mail address will be provided by Architects office after award of
project. Contractor should notify architect prior to preparing of submittals with sheets larger
than 11”x17”, if PDF files may not be easily created, for consideration of hardcopy submittal.
Submittals which are received from sources other than through Contractor's office or submitted
in forms other than PDF files without prior approval will be returned by Architect "without
action".
Transmittal Form: Prepare a draft of special transmittal form for project, and submit to Architect
for acceptance. Provide places to indicate project, date, "To:"; "From:"; names of
subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, required references, category and type of submittal,
purpose, description, distribution record (for both transmittal and submittals), and signature of
transmitter.
SPECIFIC-CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS:
General: Except as otherwise indicated in individual work sections, comply with requirements
specified herein for each indicated category of submittal. Provide and process intermediate
submittals, where required between initial and final, similar to initial submittals.
Shop Drawings: Provide newly-prepared information, in PDF file format to be e-mailed to
Architects office, with graphic information at accurate scale (except as otherwise indicated),
with name of preparer indicated (firm name). Show dimensions and not which are based on field
measurement. Identify materials and products in the work shown. Indicate compliance with
standards, and special coordination requirements. Do not allow shop drawing copies without
appropriate final "Action" markings by Architect to be used in connection with the work. See
General Submittal Requirements for PDF file information.
Initial Submittal: PDF file unless approved by architect prior to preparation. If approval of
hardcopy submittal 2 blue-line or black-line prints; one will be returned.
Final Submittal: PDF file unless approved by architect prior to preparation. If approval of
hardcopy submittal 3 prints, plus 2 additional prints where required for maintenance manuals;
plus number of prints needed for distribution to others (other than Architect); 2 will be retained
and remainder will be returned, one of which is to be marked-up and maintained by the
Contractor as "Record Document".
Product Data: Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of work or system; and mark
each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to project. Include manufacturer's
standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards,
application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements which have
krM Architecture+
Submittals
01 34 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
been checked, and special coordination requirements. Maintain one set of product data (for
each submittal) at project site, available for reference by Architect and others. Submit in PDF
format.
Submittals: Do not submit product data, or allow its use on the project, until compliance with
requirements of contract documents has been confirmed by Contractor. Submittal is for
information and record, unless otherwise indicated. Initial submittal is final submittal unless
returned promptly by Architect, marked with an "Action" which indicates an observed noncompliance. Submit in PDF format. Contractor to print where required for maintenance manuals.
Provide a preliminary single-copy submittal where required (or desired by Contractor) for
selection of options by Architect.
Installer's Copy: Do not proceed with installation of materials, products or systems until final
copy of applicable product data is in possession of Installer.
Samples: Provide units identical with final condition of proposed materials or products for the
work. Include "range" samples (not less than 3 units) where unavoidable variations must be
expected, and describe or identify variations between units of each set. Provide full set of
optional samples where Architect's/Engineer's selection is required. Prepare samples to match
Architect's/Engineer's sample where so indicated. Include information with each sample to
show generic description, source or product name and manufacturer, limitations, and
compliance with standards. Samples are submitted for review and confirmation of color,
pattern, texture and "kind" by Architect. Architect will not "test" samples (except as otherwise
indicated) for compliance with other requirements, which are therefore the exclusive
responsibility of Contractor.
Submittal: At Contractor's option, provide preliminary submittal of a single set of samples for
Architect's/Engineer's review and "Action". Otherwise, initial submittal is final submittal unless
returned with "Action" which requires resubmittal. Submit 3 sets of samples in final submittal;
one set will be returned.
Quality Control Set: Maintain returned final set of samples at project site, in suitable condition
and available for quality control comparisons by Architect, and by others.
Reusable Samples: Returned samples which are intended or permitted to be incorporated in the
work are so indicated in the individual work sections, and must be in undamaged condition at
time of use.
Mock-Ups: Mock-ups and similar samples specified in individual work sections recognized as
a special type of sample. Comply with requirements for "samples" to greatest extent possible,
and process transmittal forms to provide a record of activity.
Inspection and Test Reports: Classify each as either "shop drawing" or "product data",
depending upon whether report is uniquely prepared for project or a standard publication of
workmanship control testing at point of production, and process accordingly.
Warranties: Refer to "Products" section for specific general requirements on warranties,
product/workmanship bonds, and maintenance agreements. In addition to copies desired for
Contractor's use, furnish 2 executed copies, except furnish 2 additional (conformed) copies
where required for maintenance manuals.
Records of Actual Work: Furnish 4 copies, one of which will be returned for inclusion in "Record
Documents" as specified in "Closeout" section.
krM Architecture+
Submittals
01 34 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Standards: Where copy submittal is indicated, and except where specified integrally with
"Product Data" submittal, submit a single copy for Architect's/Engineer's use. Where
workmanship at project site and elsewhere is governed by standard, furnish additional copies to
fabricators, installers and others involved in performance of the work.
Closeout Submittals: Refer to individual work sections and to “closeout" sections for specific
requirements on submittal of closeout information, materials, tools and similar items.
Record Document Copies: Furnish one set.
Maintenance/Operating Manuals: See specification section related to this specific requirement.
Materials and Tools: Refer to individual work sections for required quantities of spare parts,
extra and overrun stock, maintenance tools and devices, keys, and similar physical units to be
submitted.
General Distribution: Provide additional distribution of submittals (not included in foregoing copy
submittal requirements) to subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, governing
authorities and others as necessary for proper performance of the work. Include such additional
copies in transmittal to Architect where required to receive "Action" marking before final
distribution. Record distributions on transmittal forms.
ACTION ON SUBMITTALS:
Architect's/Engineer's Action: Where action and return is required or requested, Architect will
review each submittal, mark with "Action", and where possible return within 2 weeks of receipt.
Where submittal must be held for coordination, Contractor will be so advised by A/E without
delay.
Action Stamp: Architect's/Engineer's action stamp, for use on submittals to be returned to
Contractor, is self-explanatory as marked.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not applicable).
PART 3 - EXECUTION (not applicable).
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Submittals
01 34 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
SECTION 01370 – SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 – GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMBITTALS
SCHEDULE OF VALUES:
Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Values within seven (7) days after the date of the “Notice
to Proceed” or the contract date, whichever is the earlier.
Submit three (3) copes for the Owner, and the Architect/Engineer’s review.
Each Schedule of Values shall have the Contractor’s name, Bid Category name and number,
project name and number and shall be dated, signed and notarized.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
SCHEDULE FORMAT
FORM:
A Schedule of Values shall be submitted in the format as detailed on AIA Document G703.
Use the project manual Table of Contents as a guide to establish the format for the Schedule
of Values. A line item shall be given for each labor and material item.
“General Conditions” items such as superintendence, bond/insurance cost, mobilization,
demobilization, safety, submittals, clean up, O&M’s, record drawings, and project close-out,
shall be listed as a separate line items.
A final list of additional line items will be provided at the pre-construction meeting.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
SCHEDULE CONTENT
VALUES:
Each item shall be the assigned separate labor and materials values for that portion of the
Work.
CONTRACT BREAKDOWN/REVIEW/PURPOSE:
Breakdown of Contract, once accepted by the Owner and the Architect/Engineer, will be used
in evaluating monthly applications for payment.
END
krM Architecture+
Schedule of Values
01370 –1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
SECTION 01 41 00 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
Work included:
The cost of the testing will be paid by the Owner. The GC is to coordinate and facilitate the
testing with the Owners’ selected testing laboratory
Cooperate with the Owner's selected testing laboratory and all others responsible for testing and
inspecting the work.
Provide other testing and inspecting as specified to be furnished by the Contractor in this section
and/or elsewhere in these Specifications.
Related work described elsewhere:
Requirements for testing may be described in various other sections of these Specifications.
Where no testing requirements are described, but the Owner decides that testing is required, the
Owner may direct that such testing be performed under current standards for testing. Payment
for such testing will be described in this Section.
Items that may be tested on this project shall include but not necessarily limited to the following
(both new and existing): welded or bolted connections of structural steel, bearing capacity of
soils and concrete.
Work not included:
Selection of testing laboratory: The Owner will select a pre-qualified independent testing
laboratory.
Payment for initial testing: The Owner will pay for initial services of the testing laboratory as
further described in this Section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Qualifications of testing laboratory: The testing laboratory will be qualified to the Owner's
approval in accordance with ASTM E329.
Codes and standards: Testing, when required, will be in accordance with pertinent codes and
regulations and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials.
PRODUCT HANDLING
Promptly process and distribute required copies of test reports and related instructions to ensure
necessary retesting and replacement of materials with the least possible delay in progress of the
Work.
PAYMENT FOR TESTING
Initial services The Owner will pay for initial testing services requested by Owner.
When initial test indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents, the costs of initial test
associated with the non-compliance will be deducted by the Owner from the Contract Sum.
krM Architecture+
Testing Laboratory Services
01 41 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Retesting: When initial test indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents, all
subsequent retesting occasioned by the non-compliance shall be performed by the same testing
agency and the costs thereof will be deducted by the Owner from the Contract Sum.
CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING
Inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances, or by a plan approval authority, and which
are made by a legally constituted authority, shall be the responsibility of and shall be paid for by
the Contractor, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE TESTING
Inspecting and testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole
responsibility of the Contractor.
INSPECTION BY OWNER'S PERSONNEL
From time to time, personnel in the employ of the Owner may inspect the Work where the Work is
in progress, but shall have no authority to direct the Contractor or request changes in the Work
except through the Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Applicable
PART 3: EXECUTION
COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY
Representatives of the testing laboratory shall have access to the Work at all times. Provide
facilities for such access in order that the laboratory may properly perform its function.
TAKING SPECIMENS
Specimens and samples for testing, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, will
be taken by the testing personnel. Sampling equipment and personnel will be provided by the
testing laboratory. Deliveries of specimens and samples to the testing laboratory will be
performed by the testing laboratory.
SCHEDULES FOR TESTING
Establishing the schedule:
By advance discussion with the testing laboratory selected by the Owner, determine the time
required for the laboratory to perform its tests and to issue each of its findings. Provide required
time within the construction schedule.
Revising the schedule:
When changes of construction schedule are necessary during construction, coordinate such
changes of schedule with the testing laboratory as required.
Adherence to schedule:
When the testing laboratory is ready to test according to the established schedule, but is
prevented from testing or taking specimens due to incompleteness of the Work, all extra charges
for testing attributable to the delay may be back-charged to the Contractor and shall not be
borne by the Owner.
ALTERNATIVE INSPECTION PROCEDURE
krM Architecture+
Testing Laboratory Services
01 41 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
The Architect shall have the right to require alternative inspection procedure other than as
specified when, in the Architect's judgment; other inspections are required to demonstrate
compliance with the Contract requirements. Costs of such alternative inspections will be borne
by the Owner if products are found to comply; otherwise, costs shall be borne by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Testing Laboratory Services
01 41 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.
DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
The General Contractor is responsible for all temporary facilities listed in this specification
section and required for a complete well executed project.
with the following exceptions:
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
All contractors are to closely follow the regulations set forward by all governing agency
including OSHA for safety at the jobsite. The requirements set forward below are minimums
that are not in any way to conflict with OSHA standards. The contractors are to provide
items beyond the listing wherever required by public safety standards and OSHA.
This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for temporary services
and facilities, including such items as temporary utility services, temporary construction and
support facilities, and project security and protection.
Use Charges: Contractor shall be responsible for making each particular connection that is
needed to accomplish the work.
All utility usage bills except telephone will be paid by the owner during both phases.
Temporary utility services required for use at the project site include but are not limited to
the following:
Water service and distribution.
Temporary electric power and light.
Telephone service.
Storm and sanitary sewer.
Provide adequate utility capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to availability of
temporary utilities at the site, provide trucked-in services for start-up of construction
operations.
Obtain and pay for temporary easements required to bring temporary utilities to the project
site, where the Owner's permanent easement cannot be utilized for that purpose.
Temporary construction and support facilities required for the project include but are not
limited to the following:
krM Architecture+
Temporary Facilities
01 50 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Temporary heat.
Field offices and storage sheds.
Temporary roads and paving.
Sanitary facilities, including drinking water.
Dewatering facilities and drains.
Temporary enclosures.
Hoists and temporary elevator use.
First aid station.
Project identification, bulletin boards and signs.
Waste disposal services.
Rodent and pest control.
Construction aids and miscellaneous general services and
facilities.
Alternate temporary services and facilities, equivalent to those specified, may be used,
subject to acceptance by the Architect.
Security and protection facilities and services required for the project include but are not
limited to the following:
Temporary fire protection.
Barricades, warning signs, lights.
Sidewalk bridge or enclosure fence for the site.
Environmental protection.
Alternate security and protection methods or facilities, equivalent to those specified, may
be used, subject to acceptance by the Architect.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Regulations: Comply with requirements of local laws and regulations governing construction
and local industry standards, in the installation and maintenance of temporary services and
facilities, including but not limited to the following:
Building Codes, including local requirements for permits,
testing and inspection.
Health and safety regulations.
Utility company regulations and recommendations governing
temporary utility services.
Police and Fire Department rules and recommendations.
Police and Rescue Squad recommendations.
Environmental protection regulations governing use of water and
energy, and the control of dust, noise and other nuisances.
Standards: Comply with the requirements of NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and
Demolition Operations", the ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for
krM Architecture+
Temporary Facilities
01 50 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Construction and Demolition", and the NECA National Joint Guideline NJG-6 "Temporary
Job Utilities and Services".
Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", as
prepared jointly by AGC and ASC for industry recommendations.
Inspections: Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange
for required inspections and tests by governing authorities, and obtain required
certifications and permits for use.
SUBMITTALS:
Reports and Permits: During progress of the work, submit copies of reports and permits
required by governing authorities, or necessary for installation and efficient operation of
temporary services and facilities.
Submit copies of reports of tests, inspections, meter readings and similar procedures
performed on temporary utilities before, during and after performance of the work. Submit
copies of permits, easements and similar documentation necessary for the installation, use
and operation of temporary utility services. Reports and permits required for the use of
temporary utility services and their use include but are not limited to the following:
Temporary heat.
Ventilation.
Temporary electric power and light.
JOB CONDITIONS:
General: Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the
service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in performance of the work. Maintain, expand
as required and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the
progress of the Work. Do not remove until services or facilities are no longer needed, or are
replaced by the authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
With the establishment of the job progress schedule, establish a schedule for the
implementation and termination of service for each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible
time, and when acceptable to the Owner and Architect, change over from the use of
temporary utility service to the use of the permanent service, to enable removal of the
temporary utility and to eliminate possible interference with completion of the work.
Conditions of Use: Operate temporary services and facilities in a safe and efficient manner.
Do not overload temporary services or facilities, and do not permit them to interfere with the
progress of the work. Do not allow unsanitary conditions, public nuisances or hazardous
conditions to develop or persist on the site.
Temporary Utilities: Do not permit the freezing of pipes, flooding or the contamination of
water sources.
krM Architecture+
Temporary Facilities
01 50 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Temporary Construction and Support Facilities: Maintain temporary facilities in such a
manner as to prevent discomfort to users. Take necessary fire prevention measures.
Maintain temporary support facilities in a sanitary manner so as to avoid health problems
and other deleterious effects.
Security and Protection: Maintain site security and protection facilities in a safe, lawful and
publicly acceptable manner. Take necessary measures to prevent erosion of the site.
DUMPSTER
Each Contractor is to furnish their owner dumpster and pick-up service at their cost.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
General: Provide new materials and equipment for temporary services and facilities; used
materials and equipment that are undamaged and in serviceable condition may be used, if
acceptable to the Architect. Provide only materials and equipment that are recognized as
being suitable for the intended use, by compliance with appropriate standards. Temporary
Utilities: Where the local utility company provides only a portion of the temporary utility,
provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with
the utility company's recommendations.
Water Hoses: Where shut-off nozzles are used at the water hose discharge, provide heavyduty abrasion-resistant hoses with a pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of
the water distribution system.
Electrical Service: Comply with applicable NEMA, NECA and UL standards and governing
regulations for materials and layout of temporary electric service, including those
requirements included in Division-16 sections.
Voltage Differences: Provide identification warning signs at power outlets which are other
than 110-129 volt power. Provide polarized outlets for plug-in type outlets, to prevent
insertion of 110-120 volt plugs higher voltage outlets.
Ground-Fault Protection: Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit
interrupters, reset button and pilot light, for plug-in connection of power tools and
equipment.
Electrical Power Cords: Use only grounded extension cords; use "hard-service" cords
where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Use single lengths or use waterproof connectors to
connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas of work.
Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage indicated
or required for adequate illumination. Protect lamps with guard cages or tempered glass
enclosures, where fixtures are exposed to breakage by construction operations. Provide
exterior fixtures where
fixtures are exposed to the weather or moisture.
krM Architecture+
Temporary Facilities
01 50 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Temporary Construction and Support Facilities: Provide facilities that can be maintained
properly throughout their use at the project site.
Heating Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL,
FM or another recognized trade association related to the fuel being consumed.
Temporary Offices and Similar Construction: For temporary offices, fabrication shops,
storage sheds and similar construction, provide either standard prefabricated or mobile
units or the equivalent job-built construction. Provide insulated, weather tight units, heated
or air-conditioned where indicated, lockable entrances, operable windows, roofing,
foundations adequate for normal loading, including wind loads, serviceable finishes, and
mechanical and electrical equipment necessary to achieve ambient conditions indicated.
See other specification sections for more requirements.
Self-Contained Toilet Units: Provide single-occupant self- contained toilet units of the
chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with
a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar non-absorbent material.
Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL labeled tarpaulins with a flame-spread
rating of 15 or less. For temporary enclosures where work is being or will be performed,
provide translucent tarpaulins made of nylon reinforced laminated polyethylene to admit the
maximum amount of daylight and reduce the need for temporary lighting.
First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations and recognized recommendations
within the construction industry.
Drinking Water Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. Where wel
lwater must be used, comply with local health authorities recommendations for type and
frequency of testing water for potability.
Sign Materials: For signs and directory boards, provide exterior type, Grade B-B High
Density Concrete Form Overlay Plywood conforming to PS-1, of sizes and thicknesses
indicated. Provide exterior grade acrylic-latex-base enamel for painting panels and applying
graphics.
Security and Protection Facilities:
Fire Extinguishers: Provide type "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar
spaces where there is minimal danger of electrical or grease-oil-flammable liquid fires. In
other locations provide type "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of several
extinguishers of NFPA recommended types for the exposures in each case.
Plywood: For fences and vision barriers, provide exterior type, minimum 3/8" thick plywood,
prime and finish painted. For safety barriers, sidewalk bridges and similar direct-contact
uses, provide minimum 5/8" thick exterior plywood, prime and finish painted.
Open-Mesh Fencing: Provide No. 11-gage galvanized chain link fabric fencing 6 feet high
with galvanized barbed wire top strand and galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-1/2" I.D. for line
posts, and 2-1/2" I.D. for corner posts.
krM Architecture+
Temporary Facilities
01 50 00 - 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
General: Use qualified tradesmen for installation of temporary services and facilities. Locate
temporary services and facilities where they will serve the entire project adequately and
result in minimum interface with the performance of the Work.
Relocate, modify and extend services and facilities as required during the course of work
so as to accommodate the entire work of the project.
TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION:
General: Engage the local utility company to install temporary service to the project, or to
make connections to existing service. Arrange with the companies and existing users for an
acceptable time when service can be interrupted, where necessary, to make connections for
temporary services.
Water Service:
General: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for
construction purposes during the construction period and until permanent service is in use,
including but not limited to the following uses:
Construction processes.
Fire protection.
Drinking water.
Sanitary facilities.
Cleaning.
Plant and lawn watering.
Obtain water service from the nearby water main of the local water authority, as permitted
by the governing authority.
Provide temporary water service with a 2" meter and shut-off valve near connection to the
water main or from existing building service
As soon as construction operations at each floor level require water, extend service, the full
height of the building to form a temporary water and fire water standpipe. Provide
distribution piping for
temporary water to each location of use. Provide one outlet for
each floor level of construction spaced so that water can be reached with a 100 foot length
of hose. Provide one 3/4" flexible rubber hose 100 feet long with an adjustable nozzle, at
each outlet where work requiring water is in progress.
Maintain hose connections and outlet valves in leakproof condition. Where finish work
below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a drip pan of suitable size
krM Architecture+
Temporary Facilities
01 50 00 - 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
to minimize the possibility of water damage. Drain water promptly from pans as it
accumulates.
Temporary Electric Power Service:
General: Provide a weatherproof, grounded temporary electric power service and
distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics to accommodate
performance of work during the construction period. Whenever an overhead floor or roof
deck has been installed, install temporary lighting adequate to provide sufficient illumination
for safe work and traffic conditions in every area of work.
Temporary Service: Install service and grounding in compliance with the National Electric
Code (NFPA 70). Include necessary meters, transformers, overload protected disconnect
and main distribution switch gear.
Install electric power service underground except where overhead service must be used to
avoid construction conflicts or to comply with governing regulations.
Connect temporary service to the local electric power company main in the manner directed
by company officials.
Provide temporary service with an automatic ground-fault interrupter feature, activated from
the circuits of the system.
Power Distribution System: Provide circuits of adequate size and proper characteristics for
each use. In general run wiring overhead, and rise vertically where wiring will be least
exposed to damage from construction operations. Provide rigid steel conduit or equivalent
raceways for wiring which must be exposed on grade, floors, decks or other areas of
possible damage or abuse.
Provide metal conduit, tubing or armored cable for protection of temporary power wiring
where exposed to possible damage during construction operations. Where permitted by
code, wiring of circuits not exceeding 110-120 Volt 20 Amp rating, and wiring of lighting
circuits may be non-metallic sheathed cable in areas where located overhead and exposed
for surveillance. Do not wire temporary lighting with plain, exposed (insulated) electrical
conductors. Provide metal enclosures or
boxes for wiring devices.
Provide overload-protected disconnect switch for each temporary circuit and each
temporary lighting circuit, located at the power distribution center.
For power hand tools and task lighting, provide temporary 4- gang outlets at each floor
level, spaced so that a 100 foot extension cord can reach each area of work. Provide a
separate 110-120 Volt 20 Amp circuit for each 4-gang outlet (4 outlets per circuit).
Temporary Lighting:
Provide local switching of temporary lighting, spaced to allow lighting to be turned off in
patterns to conserve energy and retain light suitable for work-in-progress, access traffic,
security check and
project lock-up.
krM Architecture+
Temporary Facilities
01 50 00 - 7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Provide not less than one 200-watt incandescent lamp per 1000 square feet of floor area,
uniformly distributed, for general construction lighting, or equivalent illumination of a similar
nature. In corridors and similar traffic areas provide one 100- watt incandescent lamp every
50 feet. In stairways and at ladder runs, provide lamp minimum per story, located to
illuminate each landing and flight.
Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements,
without the necessity of operating the entire temporary lighting system.
Temporary Telephones:
General: Arrange for the local telephone company to install temporary service to the project.
Provide service of the type and capacity indicated in other Division-1 sections.
Sewers and Drainage:
General: If existing sewers are available for temporary drainage near the site prior to
completion of permanent sewers, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that
can be lawfully discharged into the sewers. If existing sewers cannot be used for
discharged, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, waste stabilization ponds and similar
discharge facilities to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged in that manner. If
neither existing sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent,
provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off the site in a lawful manner.
Before discharge of liquid wastes into sewers or drainage facilities, filter out excessive
amounts of soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils and similar contaminants that might
clog sewers or pollute
waterways. Provide temporary filter beds, settlement tanks,
separators and similar devices to purify effluent to acceptable levels.
Connect temporary sewers to the municipal sewer systems in the manner directed by the
sewer department officials.
Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition, ready for
maximum use. Following heavy usage, restore normal conditions promptly. Provide and
maintain temporary earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around construction
excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding of the work by runoff
of storm water from heavy rain storms.
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION:
General: Provide a reasonably neat and uniform appearance in temporary construction and
support facilities acceptable to the Architect and the Owner.
Locate field offices, storage and fabrication sheds and other support facilities for easy
access to the Work and approved by architect and owner. Position offices so that windows
give the best possible view of construction activities.
krM Architecture+
Temporary Facilities
01 50 00 - 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Except as otherwise indicated, make the change-over from use of temporary services and
facilities to use of permanent services and facilities at the earliest feasible date at each
portion of the building, to minimize hazards and interferences with performance of the Work.
Maintain field offices, storage and fabrication sheds, temporary sanitary facilities, waste
collection and disposal systems, and project identification and temporary signs until near
substantial completion.
Immediately prior to substantial completion remove these facilities. Personnel remaining at
the site beyond substantial completion will be permitted to use certain permanent facilities,
under restricted use conditions acceptable to the Owner. Provide trash barrels throughout
the project.
Temporary Heat:
General: Provide temporary heat where indicated or needed for performance of the Work,
curing or drying of recently installed work or protection of work in place from adverse effects
of low temperatures or high humidity. Select facilities known to be safe and without
deleterious effect upon the work in place or being installed. Coordinate with ventilation
requirements to produce the indicated ambient condition required and to minimize the
consumption of fuel or energy.
Maintain a minimum temperature of 55 deg F (7 deg C) in permanently enclosed portions of
the building and areas finished work has been installed.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Temporary Facilities
01 50 00 - 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
SECTION 01 51 50 - CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT
The General Contractor is to provide at least one full time construction superintendent on this
project at the site full time. The Construction Superintendent (CS) is to be charged with control of
the site, coordination of prime contractors and sub-contractors, sequencing of construction,
expediting work, overall quality control and overall project management at the site. If in the
opinion of the Owner or Architect additional contractor supervisory staff is required to coordinate
and expedite the project, the GC shall add similar staff.
The construction Superintendent is not to be a working superintendent. His charge is to expedite
and coordinate the work of others.
The quality of the Construction Superintendent is to be of the highest quality available in the
industry.
The Construction Superintendent shall have the following characteristics as a minimum:
A - At least eight years experience total in supervision of high quality large construction
projects where quality craftsmanship is critical.
B - A pleasant personality with the ability to communicate with non-construction individuals.
C - A high degree of construction knowledge.
D - The ability to persuade workmen, sub-contractors and others in the project to perform at a
high quality of workmanship on a regular basis.
E - The ability to anticipate problems in advance of the problems becoming critical allowing the
problems to worked out in advance
F - The ability to anticipate the need for various work to be completed to allow the project to
continue in a smooth fashion.
G - The ability to easily read drawings and specifications.
The CS is to be employed by the Contractor for exclusive use on this project during the duration
of the project. If the CS is dismissed or leaves the project for any reason the Contractor shall
replace the CS immediately with another. The CS cannot be removed or replaced unless
approved by the owner and design team or leaves the employment of the Construction Company.
If during the project the design team and owner deems that the CS is not performing his role as
outlined the design team may request that the CS be removed and replaced. The Contractor
shall immediately replace the CS with another individual acceptable to the design team and
owner . The decision of the design team is to be final in this issue.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Construction Superintendent
01 51 50 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
SECTION 01 54 00 – FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
PART ONE - GENERAL
The General Contractor is not required to provide a temporary office on the site for the duration
of the construction project. NO office space can be located within the existing facility. If a
temporary office structure is placed on site, Owner must approve of location.
Repair all existing surfaces to their original condition if disturbed by sheds, trailers, and
construction related traffic unless plans show new work that would deem repairs unnecessary.
Remove all temporary utilities as it relates to this section.
Storage Sheds
1 - All Storage sheds/storage trailers on site shall be maintained in a neat and orderly manner.
The contractor is to recognize that it is the owners desire to maintain a neat and orderly
appearing site throughout construction. The GC is to assign site space allocation to all other
contractors.
See section above for repairs needed after trailers/sheds are removed from site
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Field Office and Sheds
01 54 00- 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
SECTION 01 63 10 - PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1- GENERAL
WHERE APPLICABLE:
It is intended that substitutions of materials occur only when products are unavailable
as specified. This section only applies if after complete research it is determined that a
product cannot be supplied as specified.
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
Definitions: Definitions used in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning of other
terms used in the contract documents, including such terms as, "specialties", "system",
"structure", "finishes", "accessories", "furnishings", "special construction" and similar terms. Such
terms are self-explanatory and have recognized meanings in the construction industry.
"Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, regardless of whether they were
specifically purchased for the project or taken from the Contractor's previously purchased stock.
The term "product' as used herein includes the terms "material", "equipment", "system" and other
terms of similar intent.
"Named Products" are products identified by use of the manufacturer's name for a product,
including such items as a make or model designation, as recorded in published product literature,
of the latest issue as of the date of the contract documents.
"Materials" are products that must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined
or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to Form units of work.
"Equipment" is defined as a product with operational parts, regardless of whether motorized or
manually operated, and in particular, a product that requires service connections such as wiring
or piping.
Substitutions: The Contractor's requests for changes in the products, materials, equipment and
methods of construction required by the contract documents are considered requests for
"substitutions", and are subject to the requirements specified herein. The following are not
considered as substitutions:

Revisions to the contract documents, where requested by the Owner, or Architect are
considered as "changes" not substitutions.

Substitutions requested during the bidding period, which have been accepted prior to the
Contract Date, are included in the contract documents and are not subject to the
requirements for substitutions as herein specified.

Specified Contractor options on products and construction methods included in the
contract documents are choices available to the Contractor and are not subject to the
requirements for substitutions as herein specified.
krM Architecture+
Products and Substitutions
01 63 10 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Standards: Refer to Division-1 section "Definitions and Standards" for the applicability of industry
standards to the products specified for the project, and for the acronyms used in the text of the
specification sections.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same generic kind,
from a single source, for each unit of work.
When it is discovered that specified products are available only from sources that do not or
cannot produce an adequate quantity to complete project requirements in a timely manner,
consult with the Architect for a determination of what product qualities are most important before
proceeding. The Architect will designate those qualities, such as visual, structural, durability, or
compatibility, that are most important. When the Architect's determination has been made, the
Contractor is to select products from those sources that produce products that possess the most
important qualities, to the fullest extent possible.
Compatibility of Options: Compatibility of products is a basic requirement of product selection.
When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for use on the
project, the product selected must be compatible with not her products previously selected, even
if the products previously selected were also Contractor options. The complete compatibility
between the various choices available to the Contractor is not assured by the various
requirements of the Contract document s, but must be provided by the Contractor.
Substitution Request Submittal:
Request for Substitutions: Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution. In each request
identify the product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced by the substitution; include
related specification section and drawing numbers, and complete documentation showing
compliance with the requirements for substitutions. Include the following information, as
appropriate, with each request.
Provide complete product data, drawings and descriptions of products, and fabrication and
installation procedures.
Provide samples where applicable or requested.
Provide a detailed comparison of the significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those
of the work originally specified. Significant qualities include elements such as size, weight,
durability, performance and visual effect where applicable.
Provide complete coordination information. Include all changes required in other elements of the
work to accommodate the substitution, including work performed by the Owner and separate
Contractors.
Provide a statement indicating the effect the substitution will have on the work schedule in
comparison to the schedule without approval of the proposed substitution. Include information
regarding the effect of the proposed substitution on the Contract Time.
Provide complete cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract
Sum.
Provide certification by the Contractor to the effect that, in the Contractor's opinion, after thorough
evaluation, the proposed substitution will result in work that in every significant respect is equal-to
krM Architecture+
Products and Substitutions
01 63 10 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
or better than the work required by the Contract documents, and that it will perform adequately in
the application indicated.
Include in this certification, the Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time, which
may subsequently be necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately.
Change Order Form: Submit requests for substitutions in the form and in accordance with
procedures required for change order proposals.
Architect's Action: Within one week of receipt of the Contractor's request for substitution, the
Architect will request additional information or documentation as may be needed for evaluation of
the request. Within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or within one week of receipt of the
requested additional information or documentation, which ever is later, the Architect will notify the
Contractor of either the acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution.
Acceptance will be in the form of a change order.
Rejection will include a statement giving reasons for the rejection.
Work-Related Submittals: The Contractor's submittal of and the Architect's acceptance of shop
drawings, product data or samples Which relate to work not complying with requirements of the
contract documents, does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for a substitution, nor
approval thereof.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Applicable
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Applicable:
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Products and Substitutions
01 63 10 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
SECTION 01 70 00 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
Definitions: Project closeout is the term used to describe certain collective project
requirements, indicating completion of the Work that are to be fulfilled near the end of
the Contract time in preparation for final acceptance and occupancy of the Work by the
Owner, as well as final payment to the Contractor and the normal termination of the
Contract.
Specific requirements for individual units of work are included in the appropriate
sections in Divisions 2 through 16.
Time of closeout is directly related to "Substantial Completion"; therefore, the time of
closeout may be either a single time period for the entire Work or a series of time
periods for individual elements of the Work that have been certified as substantially
complete at Different dates. This time variation, if any, shall be applicable to the other
provisions of this section.
PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
General: Complete the following before requesting the Architect's inspection for
certification of substantial completion, either for the entire Work or for portions of the
Work. List known exceptions in the request.
In the progress payment request that coincides with, or is the first request following, the
date substantial completion is claimed, show either 100% completion for the portion of
the Work claimed as "substantially complete", or list incomplete items, the value of
incomplete work, and reasons for the Work being incomplete.
Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these contract
documents.
Submit a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
Submit specific warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance
agreements, final certifications and similar documents.
Submit record drawings/As-built Drawings, maintenance manuals.
Deliver tools, spare parts, and extra stock of material and similar physical items to the
Owner. A signed receipt, listing all items required/turned over by contractor on one
document, from the owner must be presented as part of final payments.
krM Architecture+
Project Closeout
01 70 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner’s operating and
maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities
and services from the project site, along with construction tools and facilities, mockups, and similar elements.
Change all filters to new.
Complete final cleaning up requirements, including touch-up painting of marred
surfaces.
Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes.
Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of the Contractor's request for inspection, the
Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled
prerequisites. Contractor should not have work remaining that would be listed as “work
to be finished” on the Punch List.
Following the initial inspection, the Architect will either prepare the certificate of
substantial completion, or will advise the Contractor of work which must be performed
before the certificate will be issued. The Architect will repeat the inspection after
notification that contractor is complete and when assured that the Work has been
substantially completed.
Results of the completed inspection will form the initial "punch-list" for final
acceptance.
Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of the
Contractor's notice that the work, including punch-list items resulting from earlier
inspections, has been completed, except for these items whose completion has been
delayed because of circumstances that are acceptable to the Architect. Reinspection,
including area(s) to be reviewed, will be at Architects discretion and may only include
certain areas and work.
Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will either prepare a certificate of final
acceptance, or will advise the Contractor of work that is incomplete or of obligations
that have not been fulfilled, but are required for final acceptance.
If necessary, the reinspection procedure will be repeated. However, if due to incomplete
work responsible contractor(s) may bear costs of reinspection process.
Record Drawings: Maintain a record set of black line white-prints of contract drawings
and shop drawings in a clean, undamaged condition. Mark-up the set of record
documents to show the actual installation where the installed work varies substantially
from the work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing
the actual "field" condition fully and accurately; however, where shop drawings are
used for mark-up, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the
working drawings. Give particular attention to concealed work that would be difficult to
measure and record at a later date. Drawings to be scanned as PDF files after approval
of drawings have been given by the Architects office. Distribute as follows: Owner to
krM Architecture+
Project Closeout
01 70 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
receive original hard copies of prints and one (1) CD containing all drawings as PDF files
(send to architect for acceptance and forwarding to Owner, Architects office to receive
(1) CD containing all drawings as PDF files, Construction Manager/General Contractor
should retain (1) CD containing all drawings as PDF files for future reference. See
mechanical specifications for any other requirements that may need to be followed.
Special care should be taken to be sure that all lines, markings, text, etc. is transferred
during the scanning process and that the file shows a complete and clear page.
Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each product data submittal. Mark these
documents to show significant variations in the actual Work performed in comparison
with the submitted information. Include both variations in the products as delivered to
the site, and variations from the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for
installation. Give particular attention to conceal products and portions of the Work
which cannot otherwise be readily discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note
related change orders and mark-up of record drawings and specifications.
Upon Completion of mark-up, submit complete set of record product data to the
Architect for the Owner's records.
Maintenance Manuals: Submit maintenance manuals as described in other
specification sections in this specification manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
General Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of
operating equipment and other work that requires regular or continuing maintenance, to
meet at the site with the Owners personnel to provide necessary basic instruction in the
proper operation and maintenance of the entire Work. Where installers are not
experienced in the required procedures, include instruction by the manufacturer's
representatives. Provide written documentation stating what training was given and
duration of training. This should be signed by both the contractor and owner and copy
provided to be inserted into the O&M Manual(s).
As part of this instruction provide a detailed review of the following items:
Maintenance manuals
Record documents
Spare parts and materials and attic stock
Tools
Cleaning Warranties, bonds, maintenance agreements and similar continuing
commitments.
FINAL CLEANING:
Cleaning: Provide final cleaning of the Work at the time indicated. Employ experienced
workers of professional cleaners for final cleaning. See other specification sections for
this work.
Removal of Protection: Except as otherwise indicated or requested by the Architect,
remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed during the
krM Architecture+
Project Closeout
01 70 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
course of the work to protect previously completed work during the remainder of the
construction period.
Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated work have
become the Owner's property, dispose of these materials to the Owner's best
advantage as directed.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Project Closeout
01 70 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
SECTION 01 71 00 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere.


Section 01 72 00 Operations and Maintenance Data.
See divisions 15 and 16 for electronic as built drawing requirements
In addition to the requirements of the Conditions of the Contract, the following requirements shall
be complied with in respect to Project Record Documents.
The General Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of:








Drawings
Specifications
Addenda
Change Orders and Other Modifications to the Contract
Architect's Field Orders or written instructions
Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
Field Test records
Construction photographs
MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
Store documents and samples in General Contractor's field office apart from documents used for
construction.


Provide files and racks for storage of documents
Provide locked cabinet or storage space for storage of samples
File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction
Index.
Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record
documents for construction purposes.
Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by Architect.
RECORDING
Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters.
Each Prime Contractor is to record information concurrently with construction progress for their
portion of work. Field records of construction shall be submitted to the Architect at the close of
the project for preparation of "As Built" drawings.


Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded
Record horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,
referenced to permanent surface improvements
krM Architecture+
Project Record Documents
01 71 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39




Record location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction,
Referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure
Field changes of dimension and detail
Changes made by Change Order
Details not on original contract drawings
Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each Section to record:

Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of
equipment actually installed.
RECORD DRAWINGS
As construction progresses each Prime Contractor is to carefully mark with dimensions the
locations of all concealed piping, conduits and other materials which will not be visible after
construction.
Show all changes to the drawings as they are actually constructed in the field. These drawings
will be reviewed once a month by the architect. The drawings are to be maintained and
organized by the GC.
SUBMITTAL
At Contract closeout, the GC is to deliver the record documents to the Architect. See section
01700 for other requirements.
Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate containing:






Date
Project title and number
Contractor's name and address
Title and number of each record document
Certification that each document is complete and accurate
Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Project Record Documents
01 71 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
SECTION 01 71 10 - CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
A. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere.
1. Cleaning of certain specific products are specified in their respective sections.
B. In addition to the requirements of the Conditions of the Contract, the following
requirements shall be complied with in respect to Cleaning.
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Hazards Control.
1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily.
2. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions.
3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances.
B. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and antipollution laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm
or sanitary drains.
3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be
cleaned.
B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Project Clean-up and Rubbish Container:
b.
i.
j.
krM Architecture+
No trash will be allowed to accumulate for a period of
longer than one week.
The GC will be responsible for erecting a suitable, closed,
relatively dust-free chute for use by all trades during
construction above ground floor.
The GC will be responsible for cleaning the streets and
adjacent areas during construction.
Cleaning
01 71 10 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
k.
Cleaning of concrete foundation (water and mud) shall be
by the GC to allow for masonry foundations.
a.
Debris resulting from the demolition work required shall be
removed from the site daily.
No removed materials will be allowed to accumulate in the
building or around the premises
It will be each Contractor's responsibility to perform as
listed above, but, in case of a dispute, the Architect shall
have the right to order the trash and rubbish removed, and
the cost shall be charged to the Contractor responsible as
may be decided by the Architect.
C. Demolition Work:
b.
c.
D. Dumpster - Trash Service Provided by the General Contractor:
a.
The General Contractor shall provide a dumpster on the
jobsite at all times for his use and the use of all trades for
Project Clean-up, but not for the disposal of packaging
and crating generated by other Prime Contractors.
E. Clean-Up of Work Areas During Construction:
a.
The GC shall provide and maintain a clean-up service
throughout the construction period for all areas of site and
the building for all trades.
FINAL CLEANING
A.
General Contractor shall provide the following:
1. In preparation for substantial completion or occupancy, conduct final inspection
of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and of concealed spaces.
2. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials
from sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish surfaces so
designated to shine finish.
3. Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match
adjacent surfaces.
4. Remove all foreign materials from roof and site area.
B. Final clean up includes the following by the GC:
1. Final cleaning shall take place after each of the Contractors has performed his
cleaning work as called for in the paragraph above.
2. Employ professional cleaners for final cleaning.
3. Wash and clean all glass.
4. Broom clean paved surfaces.
krM Architecture+
Cleaning
01 71 10 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
5. Clean all floor surfaces of dirt and dust, mop, and wax.
6. Polish all metal.
7. Vacuum all carpets
8. Clean all walls
9. Clean all other surfaces in preparation for use by the owner.
10. Clean all mechanical and electrical equipment. Including all dust and debris on
top of equipment in addition to items required in other divisions.
11. Mechanical chases and other areas that persons may need access to should be
cleaned out removing all construction material not needed and all other debris.
Surfaces in these areas are to be free of oils and any other chemical or
contaminants that would transfer to persons entering these spaces.
12. All cabinets, built in shelving, and other storage related areas should be clean
and ready for use owner use.
D. Owner will assume responsibility for cleaning as of time designated on certificate of
Substantial Completion, Conditional Acceptance or partial Occupancy, whichever is
first, for Owner's acceptance of Project or portion thereof.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Cleaning
01 71 10 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
SECTION 01 72 00 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
INTENT OF MANUALS
It is critical to the completion of this project for the Owner to receive one (1) digital (PDF on disk)
complete sets of detailed maintenance and as built manuals. The intent of the requirement is to
form a user's manual of the complete building. Every component shall be recorded, detailed,
catalogued, maintainable, replaceable, cleanable and reparable through the use of these
manuals. These manuals are as important as any component in the building.
If multi phased project, manuals shall be submitted at the end of phase one for that work. At the
end of phase two and after approval of phase two manual material all information should be
combined using the following requirements. Owner training of equipment shall also occur at that
time.
Last pay application and release of retainage will not be reviewed or approved until acceptable
Operations and Maintenance have been received for approval and requirements followed in
preparing.
DESCRIPTION
A. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere.
1. Section 01710 Project Record Documents
2. MC and EC see divisions 15 and 16 for additional requirements.
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Each Prime contractor separately shall compile product data and related information
appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract.
1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in
other pertinent sections of Specifications.
2. Operations and maintenance data shall be available to the Owner at the time of beneficial
occupancy.
B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment
and systems.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel:
1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of the described products.
2. Completely familiar with requirements of this Section.
3. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data.
4. Skilled as a draftsman competent to prepare required drawings.
FORM OF SUBMITTALS
krM Architecture+
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
01 72 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's
personnel.
B. Format:
1. Provide PDF of each separate product, or each piece of operating
equipment.
2. Cover: Identify each volume with type or printed title "OPERATIONS AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS." List:
a. Title or Project.
b. Identity of separate structure as applicable.
c. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
CONTENT OF MANUAL
A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in a systematic order.
1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
2. A list of each product, the name, address and telephone number of:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Subcontractor or installer.
Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
Identify the area of responsibility of each.
Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
3. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set
forth in Contract Documents.
B. Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed.
b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation.
c. Delete references to inapplicable information.
C. Drawings:
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary clearly illustrate:
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
b. Control and flow diagrams.
2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of
completed installation.
3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular
installation:
1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different
procedures.
2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
krM Architecture+
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
01 72 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
E. Photostatic copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give:
a. Proper procedures in the event of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Submit one (1) copy of complete manual in final form.
B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
a. Catalog number, size, composition.
b. Color and texture designations.
c. Information required for recording special manufactured products.
2. Instructions for care and maintenance.
a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods.
b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the
product.
c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
a. Applicable standards.
b. Chemical composition.
c. Details of installation.
2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair.
D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of
Specifications.
E. Provide complete information for products specified in all specification
sections with no exception.
MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Submit one (1) copy of complete manual in final form.
B. Content for each unit of equipment and system as appropriate:
1. Description of unit and component parts.
a. Function, normal operation characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replacement parts.
2. Operation procedures:
a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions.
c. Summer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
3. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting"
krM Architecture+
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
01 72 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Alignment, adjusting and checking.
4. Servicing and lubrication schedule:
a. List of lubricants required.
5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7. Original and manufacturer's parts list, illustrations assembly drawings and diagrams required.
8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.
9. Each contractor's coordination drawings.
10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve.
11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and recommended
quantities to be maintained in storage.
12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.
C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
1. Description of system and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. Operating procedures:
a. Routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
c. Special operating instructions;.
3. Maintenance procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting."
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
4. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
5. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices
and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
6. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
D. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes
apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel.
E. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: The respective sections of
Specifications.
F. Provide complete information for products specified for:
1. Cabinets and Storage.
2. Plumbing Equipment.
3. Fire Protection.
4. Power or Heat Generation.
5. Refrigeration.
6. Air Distribution.
7. Controls and Instrumentation.
8. Motors (Electrical)
9. Power Generation.
10. Power Transmission.
11. Lighting.
12. Special Systems.
krM Architecture+
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
01 72 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
13. Heating and Cooling.
SUBMITTING SCHEDULE
A. Submit one (1) copy of preliminary drafts of proposed formats and
outlines of contents sixty (60) days prior to final inspection or acceptance.
B. Submit one (1) copy of completed data in final form fifteen (15) days
prior to final inspection or acceptance with comments.
C. Submit one (1) copy of approved data in final form ten (10) days after
final inspection or acceptance.
INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated
operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and
maintenance of all products, equipment and systems.
B. Operations and maintenance manuals shall constitute the basis of
instruction.
1. Review contents of manuals with personnel in full detail to explain all
aspects of operations and maintenance.
APPROVALS
Operating and maintenance data submittals shall be approved by the Architect.
See Payments and Completion Articles in Conditions of the Contract.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
01 72 00 - 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
SECTION 01 73 00 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
A. Compile specified warranties and bonds.
B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts.
C. Co-execute submittals when so specified.
D. Review submittals when so specified.
E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner.
SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the
respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors.
B. Number of original copies required: one (1) PDF each.
C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each
item.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
a.
b.
7.
Product or work item.
Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number.
Scope.
Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract.
Duration.
Provide information for Owner's personnel:
Proper procedure in case of failure.
Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond.
Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare in duplicate packets.
B. Format: PDF Digital format
1. Size: digital
a. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders.
2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND
BONDS." List:
a. Title or Project.
b. Name of Contractor.
C. Binders: Commercial quality, three-ring, with durable and cleanable
plastic covers.
TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A. For equipment or component parts or equipment put into service during
krM Architecture+
Warranties and Bonds
01 73 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
progress of construction:
1. Submit duplicate original signed document within ten (10) days after
inspection and acceptance.
B. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial
Completion, prior to final request for payment.
C. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial
Completion; provide up-dated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of
acceptance as the start of the warranty period.
SUBMITTALS REQUIRED
A. Submit warranties, bonds, service and maintenance contracts as specified
in the Specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Applicable
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Applicable
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Warranties and Bonds
01 73 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
SECTION 02 06 50 - SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary conditions
and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
The extent of building demolition of the existing building is shown on drawings.
Generally portions of the existing building are to be demolished, modified or removed to allow the
new building construction and remodeling to occur.
Demolition includes complete or partial wrecking of structures portions of structures and removal
and disposal of demolished materials, as shown on drawings and herein specified.
Relationship and completeness of the drawings
The demolition drawings are intended to show general scope of the items that need to be
removed. The omission of items from these drawings that could have inspected prior to bidding
does not eliminate the requirement that the Contractors remove all components needed to
facilitate the new and remodeled components of the building.
It is the Contractors responsibility to examine fully the site and building to fully understand the
demolition items needed. This is to include all shoring, bracing and other means as required.
The contractors are to perform all demolition work required to allow the construction and
remodeling to take place that is indicated or specified elsewhere in the plans or specifications
Scope of the work
Remove all building components as indicated on the plans and required to allow the new designs
to be implemented.
SUBMITTALS:
Schedule: Submit proposed methods and operations of building demolition to Architect for review
prior to start of work. Include in schedule coordination for shut-off, capping and continuation of
utility services as required.
JOB CONDITIONS:
Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner in so
far as practicable. However, variations within structure may occur by Owner's removal and
salvage operations prior to start of demolition work.
Partial Removal: Items of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as
work progresses. Salvaged items must be transported from site as they are removed.
krM Architecture+
Selective Demolition
02 06 50 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted.
Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted.
Traffic: Conduct demolition operations and removal of debris to ensure minimum interference
with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without permission
from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic
ways if required by governing regulations.
Protections: Ensure safe passage of persons around area of demolition. Conduct operations to
prevent injury to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities, and persons. Erect temporary
covered passageways as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement or
collapse of structures to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain.
Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition operations at no
cost to Owner.
Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain, keep in service, and protect against
damage during demolition operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DEMOLITION:
Pollution Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to
limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level. Comply with governing
regulations pertaining to environmental protection.
Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding,
and pollution.
Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition
operations, as directed by Architect or governing authorities. Return adjacent areas to condition
existing prior to the start of work.
Neatly Cut opening or modifications to structure. Use diamond saw method to cut openings in
poured concrete or masonry. At contractors option block openings may be knocked out and then
the sides/top of the openings rebuilt. Openings and structural modifications must be neat in
appearance, and straight lined saw cut even in concealed spaces unless permission differently is
specifically given by the architect.
Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections.
Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by hoists, derricks, or other suitable
methods.
krM Architecture+
Selective Demolition
02 06 50 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Break up and remove concrete slabs-on-grade indicated. Locate demolition equipment
throughout structure and remove materials so as to not impose excessive loads to supporting
walls, floors or framing.
Below-Grade Construction:
Demolish foundation walls to a depth of not less than 12" below existing ground surface.
Demolish and remove below-grade wood, metal construction, and floor construction except
concrete slabs on grade.
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS:
General: Remove from site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition
operations.
Burning of removed materials from demolished structures will not be permitted on site.
Removal: Transport materials removed from demolished structures and dispose of off site.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Selective Demolition
02 06 50 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
SECTION 02 07 50 – SOIL POISONING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Under all new construction areas under buildings provide soil poisoning to
eliminate current and future infestation of insects and plant material.
Product is to be warranted for a period of not less than ten years.
Product is to be applied by a licensed applicator knowledgeable of the product
being installed.
Submittal: - submit all product literature describing safety, use rates,
governmental approvals, warranties and other components.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
Provide products approved by the EPA and other governmental agencies as
safe for under slab soil poisoning
PART 3 – EXECUTION
Install prior to granular fill and other final construction operations.
END OF SECTION
krM Architectecture+
Soil Poisoning
02 07 50 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
SECTION 03 31 00 - CONCRETE WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections apply to work specified in this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of concrete work is shown on drawings.
It is generally to include but is not limited to:



Exterior concrete walks and curbs
Foundation concrete
Vapor barriers under concrete
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications and
standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified:
ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice".
SUBMITTALS:
Shop Drawings; Reinforcement: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and
placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard
Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup
spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include
special reinforcement required and openings through concrete structures.
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
FORM MATERIALS:
Form for Exposed Finish Concrete: Unless otherwise indicated, construct formwork for
exposed concrete surfaces with plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood faced or other
acceptable panel-type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed
surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to
conform to joint system shown on drawings. Provide form material with sufficient
thickness to withstand pressure of newly-placed concrete without bow or deflection.
Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Form)
Plywood", Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill-oiled and edge-sealed, with each piece
bearing legible inspection trademark.
Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will be
unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable
material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit.
Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not
bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent
treatments of concrete surfaces.
REINFORCING MATERIALS:
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed.
Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric.
Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters,
chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars
and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI
specifications, unless otherwise acceptable.
For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base
material will not support chair legs.
For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with
forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic protected, (CRSI, Class I) or
stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class Z).
CONCRETE MATERIALS:

Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, unless otherwise acceptable to
Architect.
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
Use one brand of cement throughout project, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or Type F.
Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 25% of cement content by weight.
Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates
from a single source for exposed concrete.
For exterior exposed surfaces, do not use fine or course aggregates containing
spalling-causing deleterious substances.
All exterior concrete shall be mixed using only crushed limestone aggregate. No gravel
aggregate in exterior walks or walls exposed weather.
Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 but which have shown by special test
or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability may be used
when acceptable to Architect.
Water: Potable.
Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
"Sika Aer"; Sika Corp.
"MB-VR or MB-AE"; Master Builders.
"Dorex AEA"; W. R. Grace.
"Edoco 2001 or 2002"' Edoco Technical Products.
Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A and contain not more than 0.1%
chloride ions.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
"Eucon WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co.
"Pozzolith 344"; Master Builders.
"Plastocrete 160"; Sika Chemical Corp.
"Chemtard"; Chem-Masters Corp.
Calcium Chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.1% chloride ions are not
permitted.
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
RELATED MATERIALS:
Moisture Barrier: Provide moisture barrier cover over prepared base material where
indicated. Use only materials which are resistant to decay when tested in accordance
with ASTM E 154, as follows:
Polyethylene sheet not less than 8 mils thick.
Non-Shrink Grout: CRD-C 621, factory pre-mixed grout.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Non-metallic
"Masterflow 713"; Master Builders.
"Sonogrout"; Sonneborn-Contech.
"Euco-NS"; Euclid Chemical Co.
"Crystex"; L & M Const. Chemical Co.
"Sure-Grip Grout"; Dayton Superior Corp.
"Horngrout"; A. C. Horn.
Liquid Membrane Forming Curing Compound: Liquid type membrane- forming curing
compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A unless other type acceptable
to Architect. Moisture loss not more than 0.055 gr./sq. cm. when applied at 200 sq
ft./gal.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
"Masterseal"; Master Builders.
"A-H 3 Way Sealer"; Anti-Hydro Waterproofing Co.
"Ecocure"; Euclid Chemical Co.
"Clear Seal"; W.R. Grace.
"Spartan-Cote"; The Burke Co.
"Kure-N-Seal"; Sonneborn-Contech.
"Polyclear"; Upco Chemical/USM Corp.
"L & M Cure"; L & M Construction Chemicals.
"LR-152"; Protex Industries.
Bonding Compound: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base, rewettable type.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
"J-40 Bonding Agent"; Dayton Superior Corp.
"Weldcrete"; Larsen Products.
"Everbond"; L & M Construction Chemicals.
"EucoWeld"; Euclid Chemical Co.
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
"Hornweld"; A.C. Horn.
"Sonocrete"; Sonneborn-Contech.
"Acrylic Bondcrete"; The Burke Co.
PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES:
Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial
batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. If trial batch method used,
use an independent testing facility acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting
proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field
quality control testing unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties.

4000 psi 28-day compressive strength; W/C ratio, 0.44 maximum (non-airentrained), 0.35 maximum (air-entrained). For slabs, poured concrete walls,
elevated slabs on metal decks and concrete piers. Minimum cement 564
pounds per cubic yard

3000 psi 28-day compressive strength; W/C ratio, 0.58 maximum (non-airentrained), 0.46 maximum (air-entrained). For footings. Minimum cement 470
pounds per cubic yard

4000 psi 28-day compressive strength; W/C ratio, 0.35 maximum (airentrained). For exterior walks and curb. Exterior concrete shall be mixed with
crushed stone aggregate only. No rounded gravel. Minimum cement 564
pounds per cubic yard.
Grout mix for filling masonry voids and reinforcing to be pea gravel aggregate mix with
28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi.
Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by
Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or
other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to owner and as accepted by
Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be
submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in work.
Admixtures: Use water-reducing admixture or high range water-reducing admixture
(super plasticizer) in concrete as required for placement and workability.
Use non-chloride accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient
temperatures below 50 deg. F (10 deg. C).
Use air-entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete, unless otherwise indicated.
Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at
point of placement having total air content with a tolerance of plus-or- minus 1 1/2%
within following limits:
Concrete structures and slabs exposed to freezing and thawing, deicer chemicals, or
subjected to hydraulic pressure: 5.5% (severe exposure) 1 1/2" max. aggregate.
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Other Concrete: 2% to 4% air.
Use admixtures for water-reducing and set-control in strict compliance with
manufacturer’s directions.
Water-Cement Ratio: Provide concrete for following conditions with maximum watercement (WC) ratios as follows:
Subjected to freezing and thawing; WC 0.50.
Subjected to deicers/watertight; WC 0.45.
Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of
placement as follows:
Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3".
Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1" and not more than 3".
Concrete containing HRWR admixture (super plasticizer): Not more than 8" after
addition of HRWR to verified 2"-3" slump concrete.
Other Concrete: Not less than 4".
CONCRETE MIXES:
Ready-Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as herein specified.
During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a
shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C 94 may be required.
When air temperature is between 85 deg. F (30 deg. C) and 90 deg. F (32 deg. C),
reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air
temperature is above 90 deg. F (32 deg. C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60
minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
FLOOR SLAB FLATNESS
All floor slabs shall have a flatness complying with floor flatness F curves. The
standards for the interior slabs of this building shall be as follows:
Minimum Flatness (Ff)F-number - 20
Minimum Levelness (Fl)F-number - 17
See other division 3 specifications for other concrete slab requirements.
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
FORMS:
Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral
loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by concrete structure.
Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape,
alignment, elevation and position.
Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast-inplace concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.
Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown, and to obtain accurate
alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for
openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets,
chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features
required in work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints
and provide back-up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste.
Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete
surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast
concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to
place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets,
recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and for easy removal.
Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for
cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of concrete.
Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete
mortar. Locate temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous locations.
Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC or rubber
chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.
Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snapoff metal form ties,
designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon
removal.
Unless otherwise indicated, provide ties so portion remaining within concrete after
removal is 1" inside concrete and will not leave holes larger than 1" diameter in
concrete surface.
Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate
work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses and chases
from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into
forms.
Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive
concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
placed. Retighten forms and bracing after concrete placement is required to eliminate
mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.
PLACING REINFORCEMENT:
Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing
Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports,
and as herein specified.
Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which
reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by
formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support
reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as required.
Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverage for concrete protection.
Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position
during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete,
not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
Install welded wire fabric in all ground slabs or slabs on grade. Lay in as long lengths as
practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire.
Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.
JOINTS:
Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints, as indicated or, if not
indicated locate so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, as
acceptable to Architect.
Provide keyways at least 1-1/2" deep in construction joints in walls, slabs and between
walls and footings; accepted bulkheads designed for this purpose may be used for
slabs.
Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement
across construction joints.
Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on- ground at
points of contact between slabs on ground and vertical surfaces, such as column
pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams and elsewhere as indicated.
Joint filler and sealant materials are specified in Division 7 sections of these
specifications.
Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: Construct contraction joints in slabson-ground to form panels of patterns as shown, or if not shown, a maximum of 400
square feet with a maximum length-to-width ratio of 1:1.5. Joints may be formed using
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
1/4"x1" plastic or fiberboard strips or use inserts by saw cuts as soon as possible after
slab finishing without dislodging 1/8" to 1/4" wide to 1/4 of the slab depth, unless
otherwise indicated.
Crack Joints: In all ground slabs or slabs on grade provide a tooled in joint at least 1"
deep in every 25 square feet for exterior or every 100 square feet for interior. Provide in
locations acceptable to the Architect if not indicated on the plans.
Joint sealant material: is specified in Division-7 sections of these specifications.
INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS:
General: Set and build into work anchorage devices and other embedded items
required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast-in-place concrete. Use
setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions provided by suppliers of items
to be attached thereto.
Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate
screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab
surface. Provide and secure units sufficiently strong to support types of screed st rips
by use of strike-off templates or accepted compacting type screeds.
PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES:
Clean re-used forms of concrete matrix residue, repair and patch as required to return
forms to acceptable surface condition.
Coat contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound before reinforcement is
placed.
Thin form-coating compounds only with thinning agent of type, and in amount, and
under conditions of form-coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow
excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with inplace concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in
compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative form oil or otherwise protect
against rusting. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable.
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
CONCRETE PLACEMENT:
Preplacement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork
installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast-in. Notify other crafts
to permit installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work.
Moisten wood forms immediately before placing concrete where form coatings are not
used.
Coordinate the installation of joint materials and moisture barriers with placement of
forms and reinforcing steel.
General: Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing,
Transporting, and Placing Concrete", and as herein specified.
Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be
placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or
planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction
joints as herein specified.
Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to its final
location to avoid segregation.
Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper
than 24" and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement
consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid
cold joints.
Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by
hand-spading, rodding or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of
concrete in accordance with ACI recommended practices.
Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators
vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine.
Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6" into preceding layer. Do
not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each
insertion limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and
complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing
segregation of mix.
Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous
operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is
completed.
Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked
around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strikeoff. Use bull floats or
darbies to smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior
to beginning finishing operations.
Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement operations.
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Cold Weather Placing: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced
strength which could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in
compliance with ACI 306 and as herein specified.
When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg. F (4 deg. C),
uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture
temperature of not less than 50 deg. F (10 deg. C), and not more than 80 deg. F (27
deg. C) at point of placement.
Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete
on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
Do not use calcium chloride, salt and other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators, unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair
quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as
herein specified.
Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement
below 90 deg. F (32 deg. C). Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used
to control temperature provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of
mixing water. Use of liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option..
Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel
temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before
embedment in concrete.
Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel and subgrade just before concrete is placed.
Use water-reducing retarding admixture (Type D) when required by high temperatures,
low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions.
SCHEDULE OF CONCRETE SURFACE FINISHING
Interior Floor slabs – Smooth Steel Trowel Finish
Interior of basement walls – to be finished as exposed to view concrete
Exterior walks – Light Broom Finish
FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES:
Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed-to-view in the finish
work or by other construction, unless otherwise indicated. This is the concrete surface
having texture imparted by form facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas
repaired and patched and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4" in height rubbed
down or chipped off.
Smooth Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed-to-view, or that are to be
covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material
applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, painting or other
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
similar system. This is as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing
material, arranged orderly and symmetrically with a minimum of seams. Repair and
patch defective areas with fins or other projections completely removed and smoothed.
Rub the concrete while still green with a cement, sand, water mixture to leave a smooth
uniform color and finish.
CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION:
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or
hot temperatures.
Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after
placing and finishing. Weather permitting; keep continuously moist for not less than 7
days.
Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete
has dried. Continue final curing for at least 7 days in accordance with ACI 301
procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period.
Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by curing and sealing compound, by moist
curing, by moisture-retaining cover curing, and by combinations thereof, as herein
specified.
Provide curing and sealing compound to interior slabs as follows:
Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final
finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours). Apply uniformly in continuous
operation by power-spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
Recoat areas subjected to rainfall
within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain
continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
Do not use membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with
coating material applied directly to concrete, liquid floor hardener, waterproofing,
dampproofing, membrane roofing, flooring such as ceramic or quarry tile, glue-down
carpet, painting, and other
coatings and finish materials, unless otherwise
acceptable to Architect.
Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including undersides of
beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist curing with forms in place
for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing
by methods specified above, as applicable.
Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping, and
other flat surfaces by application of appropriate curing method.
Sealer and Dustproofer: Apply a second coat of specified curing and sealing compound
to entire concrete slab close to the time of building completion or prior to surfaces
given a first coat. This applies to any areas specified to sealed concrete finish on the
room finish schedule.
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS:
Filling-In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by
other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place.
Mix, place and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in-place construction.
Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work.
Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is
still green and steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners,
intersections and terminations slightly rounded.
Reinforced Masonry: Provide concrete grout for reinforced masonry lintels and bond
beams where indicated on drawings and as scheduled. Maintain accurate location of
reinforcing steel during concrete placement. Grout is to be high slump mix with the
aggregate being made of pea gravel for easy transportability. The grout strength shall
be a minimum of 3,000 psi.
CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS:
Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar
immediately after removal of forms, when acceptable to Architect.
Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/4" in any dimension, and holes left by
tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but, in no case to a depth of less than 1".
Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen
with water and brush-coat
the area to be patched with specified bonding agent.
Place patching mortar after bonding compound has dried.
For exposed-to-view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard portland
cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match color surrounding. Provide test
areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding
with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly higher than surrounding
surface.
Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which affect durability of
concrete. Surface defects, as such, included crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01" wide or
which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced sections
regardless of width, spalling, pop-outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other
objectionable conditions.
Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete has cured at least
14 days.
Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after completion of
surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete.
Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching compounds
may be used when acceptable to Architect.
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1"
diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to
sound concrete with clean, clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact
with patching concrete and apply bonding compound. Mix patching concrete of same
materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place,
compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as
adjacent concrete.
Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1" in diameter by dry-pack
method. Groove top of cracks and cut-out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust,
dirt and loose compound. Mix dry-pack, consisting of one part portland cement to 2
1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as
required for handling and placing. Place dry pack after bonding compound has dried.
Compact dry-pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep
patched area continuously moist for not less than 72 hours.
Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect for method and procedure,
using specified epoxy adhesive and mortar.
Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Concrete
03 31 00 - 14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
SECTION 04 20 00 – Unit Masonry
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of each type of masonry work is indicated on drawings and schedule.
Types of masonry work required include:




Architectural Concrete Unit Masonry.
Masonry Insulation
Masonry Waterproofing
Masonry reinforcing and ties
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Single Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of
uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these
characteristics, from one manufacturer for each different product required for each
continuous surface or visually related surfaces.
Single Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform
quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each
cementitious component and from one source and producer for each aggregate.
Field Constructed Mock-Ups: none required
SUBMITTALS:
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for each type of masonry unit,
accessory, and other manufactured products, including certifications that each type
complies with specified requirements.
Shop Drawings: Submit cutting drawings for stone showing sizes, profiles and locations
of each unit required. Submit dimension, profile, and setting drawings for stone units.
Samples for Verification Purposes: Submit the following samples:
Unit masonry samples for each type of exposed masonry unit required; include in each
set the full range of exposed color and texture to be expected in completed work.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Include size variation data verifying that actual range of sizes for brick falls within ASTM
C 216 dimension tolerances for brick where modular dimensioning is indicated.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition.
Store and handle masonry units to prevent their deterioration or damage due to
moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion or other causes.
Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover and in dry location.
Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained.
Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent deterioration by corrosion
and accumulation of dirt.
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
Protection of Work: During erection, cover top of walls with waterproof sheeting at end
of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures when work is not in progress.
Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in
place.
Do not apply uniform floor or roof loading for at least 12 hours after building masonry
walls or columns.
Do not apply uniform concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry
walls or columns.
Staining: Prevent grout or mortar or soil from staining the face of masonry to be left
exposed or painted. Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such
masonry.
Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of
coverings spread on ground and over wall surface.
Cold Weather Protection:
Do not lay masonry units which are wet or frozen.
Remove any ice or snow formed on masonry bed by carefully applying heat until top
surface is dry to the touch.
Remove masonry damaged by freezing conditions.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
For clay masonry units with initial rates of absorption (suction) which require them to be
wetted before laying, comply with the following requirements:
For units with surface temperatures above 32 deg. F (0 deg. C), wet with water heated
to above 70 deg. F ( 21 deg. C).
For units with surface temperatures below 32 deg. F (0 deg. C), wet with water heated
to above 130 deg. F (54 deg. C).
Perform the following construction procedure while the work is progressing.
Temperature ranges Indicated below apply to air temperatures existing at time of
installation except for grout. For grout, temperature ranges apply to anticipated
minimum night temperatures. In heating mortar and grout materials, maintain mixing
temperature selected within 10 deg. F (6 deg. C).
40 deg. F (4 deg. C) to 32 deg. F (0 deg. C):
Mortar: Heat mixing water to produce mortar temperature between 40 deg. F ( 4 deg.
C) and 120 deg. F ( 49 deg. C).
Grout: Follow normal masonry procedures.
32 deg. F (0 deg. C) to 25 deg. F (-4 deg. C):
Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg.
F (4 deg. C) and 120 deg. F (49 deg. C); maintain temperature of mortar on boards
above freezing.
Grout: Heat grout materials to 90 deg. F (32 deg. C) to produce in-place grout
temperature of 70 deg. F (21 deg. C) at end of work day.
25 deg. F (-4 deg. C) to 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C):
Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg.
F (4 deg. C) and 120 deg. F (49 deg. C); maintain temperature of mortar on boards
above freezing.
Grout: Heat grout materials to 90 deg. F (32 deg. C) to produce in-place grout
temperature of 70 deg. F (21 deg. C) at end of work day.
Heat both sides of walls under construction using salamanders or other heat sources.
Use windbreaks or enclosures when wind is in excess of 15 mph.
20 deg. F (-7 deg. C) and below:
Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg.
F (4 deg. C) and 120 deg. F (49 deg. C).
Grout: Heat grout materials to 90 deg. F (32 deg. C) to produce in-place grout
temperature of 70 deg. F (21 deg. C) at end of work day.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Masonry Units: Heat masonry units so that they are above 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C) at time
of laying.
Provide enclosure and auxiliary heat to maintain an air temperature of at least 40 deg. F
(4 deg. C) for 24 hours after laying units.
Do not heat water for mortar and grout to above 160 deg. F (71 deg. C).
Protect completed masonry and masonry not being worked on in the following manner.
Temperature ranges indicated apply to mean daily air temperatures except for grouted
masonry. For grouted masonry, temperature ranges apply to anticipated minimum
night temperatures.
40 deg. F (4 deg. C) to 32 deg. F (0 deg. C):
Protect masonry from rain or snow for at least 24 hours by covering with weatherresistive membrane.
32 deg. F (0 deg. C) to 25 deg. F (-4 deg. C):
Completely cover masonry with weather-resistive membrane for at least 24 hours.
25 deg. F (-4 deg. C) to 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C):
Completely cover masonry with weather-resistive insulating blankets or similar
protection for at least 24 hours, 48 hours for grouted masonry.
20 deg. F (-7 deg. C) and below:
Except as otherwise indicated, maintain masonry temperature above 32 deg. F (0 deg.
C) for 24 hours using enclosures and supplementary heat, electric heating blankets,
infrared lamps or other methods proven to be satisfactory. For grouted masonry
maintain heated enclosure to 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) for 48 hours.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
BRICK MADE FROM CLAY OR SHALE:
General: Comply with referenced standards and other requirements indicated below
applicable to each form of brick required.
Size: Provide bricks manufactured to the following actual dimensions:
Standard Modular: 2-1/4" x 3-5/8" x 7-5/8". VERIFY IN FIELD THAT DIMENSIONS
MATCH EXISTING EXTERIOR BRICK
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
For sills, caps and similar applications resulting in exposure of brick surfaces which
otherwise would be concealed from view, provide uncored or unfrogged units with all
exposed surfaces finished.
Facing Brick: none
Concrete Masonry Units:
General: Comply with referenced standards and other requirements indicated below
applicable to each form of concrete masonry unit required.
Provide special shapes where required for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints,
headers, bonding and other special conditions.
Provide bullnose units for all outside corners unless otherwise indicated.
Concrete Block: Provide units complying with characteristics indicated below for
Grade, Type, face size, exposed face and, under each form of block included, for
weight classification.
Grade N.
Size: Manufacturer's standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16" long x 8" high
(15-5/8" x 7-5/8" actual) x thickness indicated.
Type I, moisture-controlled units.
Exposed Faces: Manufacturer’s standard color and texture, scored for interior units to
match existing.
Faces are to be dense with low percentage of graininess or voids.
Hollow Load bearing Block: ASTM C 90 and as follows:
Weight Classification: Normal weight (no light weight block).
Concrete Building Brick: Provide units complying with ASTM C 55 and characteristics
indicated below for grade, type, size and weight classification.
Grade: Same as indicated for concrete block.
Type: Same as indicated for concrete block.
Size: As required.
Concrete block unit uniformity: Concrete block units are to be fabricated with parallel
faces which are square 90 degrees with the bottom and sides. All block units are to be
the same size.
Non-parallel or square geometry or inconsistent sizes shall be cause for rejection and
re-construction.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
JOINT REINFORCEMENT, TIES AND ANCHORING DEVICES:
Materials: Comply with requirements indicated below for basic materials and with
requirements indicated under each form of joint reinforcement, tie and anchor for size
and other characteristics. "Exterior" shall be defined as any wythe within a multiplewythe assembly with an exterior exposure. All masonry reinforcing materials are to be
hot dipped galvanized.
Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Wire: ASTM A 82 for uncoated wire and with ASTM A 123,
Class B-2 (1.5 oz. per sq. ft. of wire surface) for zinc coating applied after prefabrication
into units.
Application: Use for masonry exposed to exterior and in contact with earth.
Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: Carbon steel with zinc coating complying with
ASTM A 525, Coating Designation G90.
Application: Use for dovetail slots and where indicated.
Joint Reinforcement: Provide welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed
continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10',
with prefabricated corner and tee units, and complying with requirements indicated
below:
Width: Fabricate joint reinforcement in units with widths of approximately 2" less than
nominal width of walls and partitions as required to provide mortar coverage of not less
than 5/8" on joint faces exposed to exterior and 1/2" elsewhere.
Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.1875" diameter.
Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.148" diameter.
For single-wythe masonry provide type as follows with single pair of side rods:
Truss design with continuous diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c.
For multi-wythe masonry provide as follows:
Tab design with single pair of side rods and rectangular box-type cross ties spaced not
more than 16" o.c.; with side rods spaced for embedment within each face shell of
back-up wythe and ties extended to within 1" of exterior face of facing wythe.
For Anchoring masonry to steel stud wall:
Use units with adjustable 2-piece triangular wire ties where horizontal joints of facing
wythe do not align with those of back-up.
Bent-Wire Ties: Provide individual prefabricated bent-wire units complying with
requirements indicated below:
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Wire Size: 0.1875" diameter.
Two piece unit allowing vertical movement but resisting lateral movement
Screw attach vertical piece to steel studs.
Length: Provide units of length not less than that required for embedment into each
wythe of 1.5" for solid units and for embedment of tie end into face shells of hollow
units, with not less than 5/8" mortar cover on exterior face joints, 1/2" elsewhere.
Tie Shape for Hollow Masonry Units Laid with Cells Vertical: Triangular.
Tie shape for Solid Masonry Unit Construction: Z-shaped ties with ends bent 90 deg to
provide hooks not less than 2" long.
Hot dipped galvanized finish.
Flexible Anchors: Where flexible anchors are indicated for connecting masonry to
structural framework, provide 2-piece anchors as described below which permit vertical
or horizontal differential movement between wall and framework parallel to, but resist
tension and compression forces perpendicular to, plane of wall.
For Anchoring to Pre-Cast Concrete Panels
Pre-Cast panel manufacturer is to imbed in the precast panel dovetail slots at 36” on
center.
Anchors are to be triangular wire type described below with dovetail anchors to insert in
the concrete panels.
Use units with adjustable 2-piece triangular wire ties where horizontal joints of facing
wythe do not align with those of back-up.
Bent-Wire Ties: Provide individual prefabricated bent-wire units complying with
requirements indicated below:
Wire Size: 0.1875" diameter.
Two piece unit allowing vertical movement but resisting lateral movement
Screw attach vertical piece to steel studs.
Length: Provide units of length not less than that required for embedment into each
wythe of 1.5" for solid units and for embedment of tie end into face shells of hollow
units, with not less than 5/8" mortar cover on exterior face joints, 1/2" elsewhere.
Tie Shape for Hollow Masonry Units Laid with Cells Vertical: Triangular.
Tie shape for Solid Masonry Unit Construction: Z-shaped ties with ends bent 90 deg to
provide hooks not less than 2" long.
Flexible Anchors: Where flexible anchors are indicated for connecting masonry to
structural framework, provide 2-piece anchors as described below which permit vertical
or horizontal differential movement between wall and framework parallel to, but resist
tension and compression forces perpendicular to, plane of wall.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Hot dipped galvanized finish.
For anchorage to concrete block:
Provide manufacturer's standard anchors with dovetail anchor section formed from
0.1046" (12 gage) thick sheet metal and triangular-shaped wire tie section sized to
extend within 1" of masonry face.
Wire Size: 0.1875" diameter.
Hot dipped galvanized finish
Dovetail Slots: Furnish dovetail slots, with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated
from 0.0336" (22 gage) sheet metal.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
AA Wire Products Co.
Dur-O-Wall, Inc.
Heckman Building Products, Inc.
Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.
Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America.
National Wire Products Corp.
CONCEALED FLASHING MATERIALS:
Vinyl Sheet Flashing: Flexible sheet flashings especially formulated from virgin polyvinyl
chloride with plasticizers and other modifiers to remain flexible and waterproof in
concealed masonry applications, black in color and of thickness indicated below:
Thickness: 40 mils.
Adhesive for Flashings: Of type recommended by manufacturer of flashing material for
use indicated.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Vinyl Sheet Flashing:
"Vi-Seal Plastic Flashing"; Afco Products Inc.
"BFG" Vinyl Water Barrier; B.F. Goodrich Co.
"Nuflex"; Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc.
"Wascoseal"; York Manufacturing, Inc.
MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel, ASTM A 615, Grade 60 for bars No. 3 to No. 18.
Premolded Control Joint Strips: Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard
sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as
indicated.
Styrene-butadiene rubber compound complying with ASTM D 2000,
Designation 2AA-805.
Bond Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D
226, Type I (No. 25 asphalt felt).
Weepholes: Provide the following for weepholes:
Cotton Cord: Sash cord of length required to produce 2" exposure on exterior and 18"
in cavity between wythes.
Reglets: shall be as manufactured by Cheney or Fry Reget. Reglet into masonry walls
shall be Cheney type B or equal by Fry.
INSULATION:
Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Rigid cellular polystyrene thermal insulation with
closed cells and integral high density skin, formed by the expansion of polystyrene base
resin in an extrusion process to comply with ASTM C 578, Type IV; 5-year aged r-value
of 5 Btu/(hr x sf x deg F) at 75 deg F (24 deg C); in manufacturer's standard lengths and
widths; thicknesses as indicated.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
"Styrofoam SM/SB"; Dow Chemical USA.
"Foamular 250"; UC Industries.
"Certifoam", Minnesota Diversified Products, Inc.
Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation board manufacturer for application
indicated.
MASONRY CLEANERS:
Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of trisodium phosphate (1/2 cup dry measure)
and laundry detergent (1/2 cup dry measure) dissolved in one gallon of water.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, a product which may be
used to clean unit masonry surfaces includes, but is not limited to, the following:
"Sure Klean" No. 600 Detergent; ProSoCo, Inc.
MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES:
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, Except Type III may be used for cold weather
construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce required
mortar color.
Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144, except for joints less than ¼” use aggregate graded
with 100% passing the No. 16 sieve.
White Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or ground white stone.
Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404
Water: Clean and potable.
WATER REPELLENT SOLUTION
The water repellent solution shall be a siloxane based penetrating sealer designed
specifically for the treatment of masonry materials. The product shall:
Allow masonry to maintain breathability
Provide deep penetrating pore action.
Sealer shall not alter the appearance of the brick.
Be applied with a low pressure airless sprayer.
Acceptable products for water repellent:
Euco Weather guard by Euclid Chemical Company
Chemtrete by Dynamit Nobel
Tamms SMS 250
Hydrozo
Warranty
Waterepelancy shall be warranted in writing by the manufacturer for a period of not less
than 10 years. This warranty is to be delivered to the Owner prior to final payment.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
Wetting Clay Brick: Wet brick made from clay or shale which have ASTM C 67 initial
rates of absorption (suction) if more than 30 grams per 30 sq. in. per minute. Use
wetting methods which ensure each clay masonry unit being nearly saturated but
surface dry when laid.
Do not wet concrete masonry units.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Cleaning Reinforcing: Before placing, remove loose rust, ice and other coatings from
reinforcing.
Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls, floors and other masonry construction to
the full thickness shown. Build single- wythe walls (if any) to the actual thickness of the
masonry units, using units of nominal thickness indicated.
Build chases and recesses as shown or required for the work of other trades. Provide
not less than 8" of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings, and
between adjacent chases and recesses.
Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry work. After
installation of equipment, complete masonry work to match work immediately adjacent
to the opening.
Cut masonry units using motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges.
Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining work. Use fullsize units without cutting where possible.
Use dry cutting saws to cut concrete masonry units.
CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES:
Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arrises do
not exceed 1/4" in 10' or 3/8" in a story height not to exceed 20', nor 1/2" in 40' or
more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints and other conspicuous lines
do not exceed 1/4" in any story or 20' maximum, nor 1/2" in 40' or more. For vertical
alignment of head joints do not exceed plus or minus 1/4" in 10', 1/2" maximum.
Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets,
horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20'
maximum, nor 1/2" in 40' or more. For top surface of bearing walls do not exceed 1/
8" between adjacent floor elements in 10' or 1/16" within width of a single unit.
Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of
columns, walls and partitions, do not exceed 1/2" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor 3/4"
in 40' or more.
Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from
dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 1/4" nor plus 1/2".
Variation in Mortar Joint Thickness: Do not exceed bed joint thickness indicated by
more than plus or minus 1/8", with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2". Do not exceed
head joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8".
LAYING MASONRY WALLS:
Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform
joint widths and to accurately locate openings, movement-type joints, returns and
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
offsets. Avoid the use of less-than-half-size units at corners, jambs and wherever
possible at other locations.
Lay-up walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately
spaced and coordinated with other work.
Pattern Bond: Lay exposed masonry in running bond with vertical joint in each course
centered on units in courses above and below. Lay concealed masonry with all units in
a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2". Bond and interlock
each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less that nominal 4"
horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.
Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 1/2-unit length in each course; do not tooth.
Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly (if required) and remove loose
masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
Built-in Work: As the work progresses, build-in items specified under this and other
sections of these specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.
Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless
otherwise indicated.
Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer
of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.
Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 3 courses (24") under bearing
plates, beams, lintels, posts and similar items, unless otherwise indicated.
MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING:
Lay solid brick size masonry units with completely filled bed and head joint; butter ends
with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints.
Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical
face shells. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of
piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or
filled with concrete or grout. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted,
spread out full mortar bed including areas under cells.
Set stone units in full bed of mortar with all vertical joints slushed full. Fill dowel, anchor
and similar holes solid. Wet stone joint surface thoroughly before setting; for stone
surfaces which are soiled, clean bedding and exposed surfaces with fiber brush and
soap powder followed by thorough rinsing with clear water. Use plastic or lead joint
spacer buttons to prevent joint collapse when setting stone units.
Joints for stone units are to be of white mortar to match stone
Maintain joint widths, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment.
Where not required to match existing, lay walls with 3/8" joints.
Cut joints flush for masonry walls which are to be concealed or to be covered by other
materials, unless otherwise indicated.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Tool exposed joints slightly concave for exterior work using a jointer larger than joint
thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
For interior brick walls use a fully raked joint back 3/8".
Remove masonry units disturbed after lying; clean and reset in fresh mortar. Do not
pound corners or jambs to shift adjacent stretcher units which have been set in
position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar and reset in fresh
mortar.
CAVITY WALLS:
Keep cavity clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Strike
joints facing cavity flush.
Tie exterior wythe to back-up with individual metal ties spaced not more than 18" o.c.
vertically and 24" o.c. horizontally. Stagger alternate courses.
Provide weep holes in exterior wythe of cavity wall located immediately above ledges
and flashing, spaced 2'-0" o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
Cover cavity side of weep holes with copper or plastic insect screening before loose-fill
masonry insulation is placed in cavity.
CAVITY WALL AND MASONRY-CELL INSULATION:
On units of plastic insulation, install small pads of adhesive spaced approximately 1'-0"
o.c. both ways on inside face. Fit courses of insulation between wall ties and other
confining obstructions in cavity, with edges butted tightly both ways. Press units firmly
against inside wythe of masonry or other construction as shown.
Fill all cracks and open gaps in insulation with foamed in crack sealer compatible with
insulation and masonry.
HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT:
General: Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcement as indicated. Install
longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8" on
exterior side of walls, 1/2" elsewhere. Lap reinforcing minimum of 6".
Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise
indicated.
Reinforce walls with continuous horizontal joint reinforcing unless specifically to be
omitted.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Provide continuity at corners and wall intersection by use of prefabricated "L" and "T"
sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity
at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other special conditions.
Space continuous horizontal reinforcement as follows:
For multi-wythe walls (solid or cavity) where continuous horizontal reinforcement acts
as structural bond or tie between wythes, space reinforcement as required by code but
not more than 16" o.c. vertically.
For single-wythe walls, space reinforcement at 16" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise
indicated.
For parapets, space reinforcement at 8" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated.
Reinforce masonry openings greater than 1'-0" wide, with horizontal joint reinforcement
placed in 2 horizontal joints approximately 8" apart, immediately above the lintel and
immediately below the sill. Extend reinforcement a minimum of 2'-0" beyond jambs of
the opening except at control joints.
VERTICAL STEEL REINFORCING AND GROUTED CELLS
Where called for provide vertical steel reinforcing in the hollow cells of the concrete
blocks. Bars to be continuos in one piece to the largest degree possible. At splices lap
25 bar diameters.
Fill all cells of steel reinforced cells with pea gravel grout.
Fill cells as the wall is constructed with grout being installed in lifts no higher than 48"
per lift.
ANCHORING MASONRY WORK:
General: Provide anchor devices of type indicated.
Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural
members to comply with the following:
Provide an open space not less than 1" in width between masonry and structural
member, unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid
materials.
Anchor masonry to structural members with flexible anchors embedded in masonry
joints and attached to structure.
Space anchors as not more than 24" o.c. vertically and 36" o.c. horizontally.
Locate anchor section relative to course in which tie section is embedded to allow
maximum vertical differential movement of tie up and down.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Space anchors as indicated but not more than 16" o.c. vertically and 24" o.c.
horizontally. Install additional anchors within 1'-0" of openings and at intervals around
perimeter not exceeding 3'-0".
CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS:
General: Provide vertical and horizontal expansion, control and isolation joints in
masonry where shown, or where not shown, at a maximum horizontal distance of 20
feet. Build-in related items as the masonry work progresses.
Build flanges of factory-fabricated expansion joint units into masonry.
Build-in non-metallic joint fillers in all construction and expansion joints.
LINTELS: none required
Install steel lintels where indicated or required. All steel lintels to be hot dipped
galvanized steel.
Provide masonry lintels where shown and wherever openings of more than 1'-0” for
brick size units and 2'-0" for block size units are shown without structural steel or other
supporting lintels. Provide precast or formed-in- place masonry lintels. Cure precast
lintels before handling and installation. Temporarily support formed-in-place lintels.
For hollow concrete masonry unit walls, use specially formed U-shaped lintel units with
reinforcement bars placed as shown filled with coarse grout.
Provide minimum bearing of 8" at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.
FLASHING OF MASONRY WORK:
General: Provide concealed flashing in masonry work at, or above, shelf angles, lintels,
ledges and other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall so as to divert
such water to the exterior. Prepare masonry surfaces smooth and free from projections
which could puncture flashing. Place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar
and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations in flashing with mastic before covering with
mortar. Extend flashings through exterior face of masonry and turn down to form drip.
Extend flashing the full length of lintels and shelf angles and minimum of 4" into
masonry each end. Extend flashing from exterior face of outer wythe of masonry,
through the outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4", and through the inner wythe to
within 1/2" of the interior face of the wall in exposed work. Where interior surface of
inner wythe is concealed by furring, carry flashing completely through the inner wythe
and turn up approximately 2". At heads and sills turn up ends not less than 2" to form a
pan.
Install flashing to comply with manufacturer's instructions.
Provide weep holes in the head joints of the first course of masonry immediately above
concealed flashings. Space 24" o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING:
Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or
otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new
units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate
evidence of replacement.
Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes,
and completely fill with mortar. Point- up all joints including corners, openings and
adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, prepared for application of
sealants.
Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean masonry as follows:
Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and non-metallic scrape
hoes or chisels.
Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave 1/2 panel unclean for comparison
purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with
cleaning of masonry.
Use bucket and brush hand cleaning method described in BIA "Technical Note No. 20
Revised" to clean brick masonry made from clay or shale, using detergent masonry
cleaner.
Clean concrete unit masonry to comply with masonry manufacturer's directions and
applicable NCMA "Tek" bulletins.
Clean limestone units to comply with recommendations in "ILI Handbook" published by
Indiana Limestone Institute of America.
Clean stone/precast concrete units to comply with recommendations of the
manufacturer or, if manufacturer's recommendations not available, comply with
recommendations for limestone units.
Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to
Installer, which ensures unit masonry work being without damage and deterioration at
time of substantial completion.
WATER REPELLENT TREATMENT
General: Apply specified water repellent treatment as recommended by the
manufacturer. Follow all recommended protection procedures to protect adjacent
material, bushes, shrubs, cars, walks, etc. In the absence of specific recommendations,
take all precautions and maskings needed to protect adjacent materials.
Apply water repellent to the brick areas on the entire exterior of the building.
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 16
1
2
3
4
5
Apply water repellent by the method and at the rate recommended by the
manufacturer. Apply only in environmental conditions favorable to the product Protect
masonry surfaces or guard as needed until the material is dry.
END OF SECTION 04 20 00
krM Architecture+
Unit Masonry
04 20 00 - 17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Definition: Metal fabrications include items made from iron and steel shapes, plates,
bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of structural steel or other
metal systems specified elsewhere.
Extent of metal fabrications is indicated on drawings and schedules.
Types of work in this section include metal fabrications for but not limited to:





Rough hardware
Loose bearing and leveling plates
Loose steel lintels
Miscellaneous framing and supports
Miscellaneous steel trim
Structural steel is specified in another section within Division 5.
Architectural handrails are specified in another section within division 5
SYSTEM PERFORMANCES:
Structural Performances: Provide assemblies which, when installed, comply with the
following minimum requirements for structural performance, unless otherwise indicated.
Trends and Platforms of Steel Stairs: Capable of withstanding a uniform load of 100 lbf.
per sq. ft. or a concentrated load of 300 lbf so located as to produce maximum stress
conditions.
Handrails and Toprails: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as
indicated when tested per ASTM E 935.
Concentrated loads of 200 lbf applied at any point in any direction.
Uniform load of 50 lbf per linear ft. applied simultaneously in both vertical and horizontal
directions.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
krM Architecture+
Metal Fabrications
05 50 0 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize
field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and
handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
SUBMITTALS:
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, anchor details and installation
instructions for products used in miscellaneous metal fabrications, including paint
products and grout.
Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of miscellaneous
metal fabrications. Include plans, elevations and details of sections and connections.
Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchor and bolt
installation by others.
Where materials or fabrications are indicated to comply with certain requirements for
design loadings include structural computations, material properties and other
information needed for structural analysis.
Samples: Submit 2 sets of representative samples of materials and finished products
as may be requested by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
MATERIALS:
Ferrous Metals
Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be
exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes
including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness.
Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36.
Steel Bar Grating: ASTM A 569 or ASTM A 36.
Steel Tubing: Cold formed, ASTM A 500; or hot-rolled, ASTM A 501.
Structural Steel Sheet: Hot-rolled, ASTM A 570; or cold-rolled ASTM A 611, Class 1; of
grade required for design loading.
Galvanized Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446, of grade required for design loading.
Coating designation as indicated, or if not indicated, G90.
krM Architecture+
Metal Fabrications
05 50 0 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type and grade (if applicable) as selected by fabricator and as
required for design loading; black finish unless galvanizing is indicated; standard weight
(schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated.
Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30.
Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either
malleable iron, ASTM A 47, or cast steel, ASTM A 27. Provide bolts, washers and
shims as required, hot-dip galvanized, ASTM A 153.
Grout:
Non-Shrink Non-Metallic Grout: Pre-mixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, noncorrosive, non-gaseous grout complying with CE CRD-C621. Provide grout
specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications of type
specified in this section.
Fasteners:
General: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior
walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required.
Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A. Masonry
Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields, FS FF-S-325. Toggle Bolts: Tumble-wing type,
FS FF-B-588, type, class and style as required.
Paint:
Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Manufacturer's or Fabricator's standard, fast-curing,
lead-free, "universal" primer; selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric
corrosion, for compatibility with finish paint systems indicated and for capability to
provide a sound foundation for field- applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure;
complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P-645.
Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in
galvanized steel, complying with Military Specifications MIL-P-21035 (Ships) or SSPCPaint-20.
Non-Slip Aggregate Finish: Factory-graded, packaged material containing fused
aluminum oxide grits or crushed emery as abrasive aggregate; rust- proof and nonglazing; unaffected by freezing, moisture or cleaning materials.
FABRICATION, GENERAL:
Workmanship: Use materials of size and thickness indicated or, if not indicated, as
required to produce strength and durability in finished product for use intended. Work
to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of
fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various
components of work.
Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32" unless
krM Architecture+
Metal Fabrications
05 50 0 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without
causing g rain separation or otherwise impairing work.
Weld corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS recommendations. At
exposed connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with
adjoining surfaces.
Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not
indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts.
Provide for anchorage of type indicated, coordinated with supporting structure.
Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use.
Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as indicated to receive finish
hardware and similar items.
Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating for those items shown or specified to be galvanized,
as follows:
ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
ASTM A 123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and
strip 1/8" thick and heavier.
ASTM A 386 for galvanizing assembled steel products.
Fabricate joints which will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water or
provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
Shop Painting:
Apply shop primer to surfaces of metal fabrications except those which are galvanized
or as indicated to be embedded in concrete or masonry, unless otherwise indicated,
and in compliance with requirements of SSPC-PA1 "Paint Application Specification N
o. 1" for shop drawings.
Surface Preparation: Prepare ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum
requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and
environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications.
ROUGH HARDWARE:
Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels
and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting
woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures.
Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware items are specified in Division-6
sections.
krM Architecture+
Metal Fabrications
05 50 0 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Fabricate items to sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable-iron
washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere,
furnish steel washers.
LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES:
Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or
concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of required thickness
and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting as required.
Galvanize after fabrication.
LOOSE STEEL LINTELS:
Provide loose structural steel lintels for openings and recesses in masonry walls and
partitions as shown. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where
indicated. Provide not less than 8" bearing at each side of openings, unless otherwise
indicated.
Galvanize loose steel lintels to be installed in exterior walls.
EXTERIOR STEEL BEAMS AND COLUMNS
All exterior steel beam and columns to be hot-dipped galvanized. This includes all roof
top steel for mechanical supports.
MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS:
Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a part of structural
steel framework, as required to complete work.
Fabricate miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes and profiles indicated or, if not indicated,
of required dimensions to receive adjacent other work to be retained by framing. Except
as otherwise indicated, fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates and steel bars of
welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units to
receive hardware and similar items.
Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into
masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed.
Except as otherwise indicated, space anchors 24" o.c. and provide minimum anchor
units of 1-1/4" x 1/4" x 8" steel straps.
Galvanize miscellaneous frames and supports where indicated.
krM Architecture+
Metal Fabrications
05 50 0 - 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Fabricate steel railings and handrails to design, dimensions, and details indicated.
Provide railings and handrails members formed of sizes and wall thickness indicated,
but not less than that required to support design loading.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PREPARATION
Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings
and fabrication, where possible. Do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and
fitting where taking field measurements before fabrication might delay work.
Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates,
instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts,
sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be
embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to
project site.
INSTALLATION
General:
Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where
necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction;
including treaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, throughbolts, lag bolts, wood screws and other connectors as required.
Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for
installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in location,
alignment and elevation, plus, level, true and free of rack, measured from established
lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are
to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hariline joints. Weld
connections which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded
because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed joints smooth and touch-up shop
point coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been
hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field
connections.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc
welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting
welding work.
krM Architecture+
Metal Fabrications
05 50 0 - 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Setting Loose Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bondreducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of
bearing plates.
Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the
bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not
remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut-off flush with the edge of the bearing
plate before packing with grout. Use metallic non-shrink grout in concealed locations
where not exposed to moisture; use non-metallic non-shrink grout in exposed
locations, unless otherwise indicated.
Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.
Steel Pipe Railings and Handrails:
Adjust railing prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space
posts at spacing indicated, or if not indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb
posts in each direction. Secure posts and railing ends to building construction as
follows:
Anchor posts in concrete by core drilling holes not less than 5" deep and 3/4" greater
than outside diameter of post. Clean holes of all loose material, insert posts and fill
annular space between post and concrete with non-shrink, non-metallic grout, mixed
and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's directions.
Leave anchorage joint exposed; wipe off excess grout and level 1/8" build-up, sloped
away from post. For installation exposed on exterior or to flow of water, seal grout to
comply with grout manufacturer's directions.
For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts having square heads.
For stud partitions use lag bolts set into wood backing between studs. Coordinate with
stud installations for accurate location of backing members.
ADJUST AND CLEAN
Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used
for shop painting.
Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
For galvanized surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and
apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Metal Fabrications
05 50 0 - 7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
SECTION 07 20 00 - INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division-1 specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of insulation work is shown on drawings and indicated by provisions of this section.
Applications of insulation specified in this section include the following:
 Board type building insulation
 Board-type building insulation, concealed.
 Blanket-type building insulation.
 Polyvinyl Vapor Barrier
RELATED SECTIONS
Extruded polystyrene board insulation for cavity walls is specified in Division-4 section "Masonry".
Sound attenuation blankets installed as part of metal-framed gypsum drywall assemblies are
specified in Division-9 section "Gypsum Drywall".
Board type insulation for roofs is specified with the roofing system.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Thermal Resistivity: Where thermal resistivity properties of insulation materials are designed by rvalues they represent the rate of heat flow through a homogenous material exactly 1" thick,
measured by test method included in reference material standard or otherwise indicated. They
are expressed by the temperature difference in degrees F between the two exposed faces
required to cause one BTU to flow through one square foot per hour at mean temperatures
indicated.
Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials which are identical to those whose
fire performance characteristics, as listed for each material or assembly of which insulation is a
part, have been determined by testing, per method indicated below, by UL or other testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84.
Fire Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119.
Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136.
SUBMITTALS:
krM Architecture+
Insulation
07 20 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions for each type
of insulation and vapor retarder material required.
Certified Test Reports: If requested by the Architect, submit copies of certified test reports
showing compliance with specified performance values, including r-values (aged values for
plastic insulations), densities, compression strengths, fire performance characteristics, perm
ratings, water absorption ratings and similar properties.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
General Protection: Protect insulations from physical damage and from becoming wet, soiled, or
covered with ice or snow. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage
and protection during installation.
Protection for Plastic Insulation:
Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.
Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to project site ahead
of installation time. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as
possible in each area of work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the
following:
Manufacturers of Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation:
Amoco Foam Products Co.
Dow Chemical U.S.A.
Minnesota Diversified Products, Inc.
UC Industries.
Manufacturers of Glass Fiber Insulation:
CertainTeed Corp.
Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH.
Manville Corp.
Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.
Manufacturers of Air infiltration barriers
Dupont
Reemar
Amoco
INSULATING MATERIALS:
General: Provide insulting materials which comply with requirements indicated for materials,
compliance with referenced standards, and other characteristics.
krM Architecture+
Insulation
07 20 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Performed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard
thicknesses, widths and lengths.
Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Rigid, cellular thermal insulation with closed-cells and
integral high density skin, formed by the expansion of polystyrene base resin in an extrusion
process to comply with ASTM C 518 for Type indicated; with 5-year aged r-values of 5.4 and 5 at
40 and 75 deg.F (4.4 and 23.9 deg.C), respectively; and as follows:
Type IV, 1.6 lb./cu. ft. min. density, unless otherwise indicated.
Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values of 5 and
165, respectively.
Compressive Strength: Minimum 25 psi for all other areas uses unless "high strength" is
indicated.
Unfaced fiberglass Blanket/Batt Insulation:
To be fiberglass batts pre-cut for wall applications R-19.
AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS:
Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: 6-mil polyethylene film, with laboratory-tested vapor transmission
rating of 0.2 perms, natural color.
Un-faced blanket type insulation - for the primary exterior wall insulation provide un-faced
fiberglass blankets the full thickness of the stud walls or cavities the insulation is being installed
into.
Foil-faced blanket type insulation - for use where noted to have a heavy craft/foil composite
with fiber reinforced facing. Units to be installed with foil side facing building interior. Screw or
other wise securely attached to studs or other substrate. Units to have overlapping foil facing.
Overlap the facings and apply reinforced foil tape full length at joints to form effective vapor
barrier.
Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer, and
complying with requirements for fire performance characteristics.
Mechanical Anchors: Type and size recommended by insulation manufacturer for type of
application and condition of substrate.
Crack Sealer for Board Insulation: Provide polymeric insulating foam in aerosol dispenser
designed for filling voids in board insulation.
Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Polycel 100" by Construction
Products Div., W.R. Grace & Co.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSPECTION AND PREPARATION:
Require Installer to examine substrates and conditions under which insulation work is to be
performed. A satisfactory substrate is one that complies with requirements of the section in which
krM Architecture+
Insulation
07 20 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
substrate and related work is specified. Obtain Installer's written report listing conditions
detrimental to performance of work in this section. Do not proceed with installation of insulation
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removal of
projections which might puncture vapor retarders.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. If
printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's
technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with work.
Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly
around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections which interfere with
placement.
Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to
make up total thickness.
INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER INSULATION:
Comply with waterproofing manufacturer's instructions for installation of insulation and protection
boards. Where waterproofing and insulation manufacturer's instructions conflict, follow the more
restrictive or complete instruction.
Protect top surface of horizontal insulation (from damage during concrete work) by application of
protection board.
INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION:
Apply insulation units to substrate by method complying with manufacturer's recommendations. If
no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical
anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units.
Seal joints between closed-cell (non-breathing) insulation units by applying mastic or sealant to
edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed
installation with mastic or sealant.
INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS:
General: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission.
Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder
to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those which have been stuffed
with loose fiber-type insulation.
All exterior walls shall have vapor barriers applied over the inside of the wall studs.
Install vapor barriers at other specified locations as indicated on the plans.
Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs. Fasten
vapor retarders to framing at top, end and bottom edges, at perimeter of wall openings and at
lap joints; space fasteners 16” o.c.
krM Architecture+
Insulation
07 20 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes and similar items penetrating vapor
retarders with cloth or aluminized tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer to
create an air-tight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder.
Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work.
Cover with tape or another layer of vapor retarder.
AIR INFILTRATION BARRIER
Where indicated install Tyvek type air infiltration Barrier.
Apply where shown on the drawings prior to the masonry anchors being installed. Install with all
joints lapped and taped with manufacturers recommended joint taping materials. Follow
manufacturer’s instructions closely.
PROTECTION:
General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from harmful weather exposures and
from possible physical abuses, where possible by non-delayed installation of concealing work or,
where that is not possible, by temporary covering or enclosure.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Insulation
07 20 00 - 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
SECTION 0 7 60 00 – FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of each type of flashing and sheet metal work is indicated on drawings and by provisions
of this section.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Division 8 aluminum curtain wall and aluminum store front
SUBMITTALS:
Product Data; Flashing, Sheet Metal, Accessories: Submit manufacturer’s product data,
installation instructions and general recommendations for each specified sheet material and
fabricated product.
Samples; Flashing, Sheet Metal, Accessories: Submit 8" square samples of specified sheet
materials to be exposed as finished surfaces.
Submit 12" long, completely finished units of specified factory- fabricated products exposed as
finished work.
Shop Drawings; Flashing, Sheet Metal, Accessories: Submit shop drawings showing layout,
joining, profiles, and anchorages of fabricated work, including major counter-flashings,
trim/fascia units, gutters, downspouts, scuppers and expansion joint systems; layouts at 1/4"
scale, details at 3" scale.
JOB CONDITIONS:
Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each
installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of the work and protection of
materials and finishes.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
Finish Aluminum is to be finished on the interior and exterior with full strength Kynar 500 fluropon
finish. Product is to be a Duranar finish, AAMA 605.2-92, ASCA 96, 2 coat system including a
primer coat and a color coat, monochromatic, as manufactured or licensed by PPG Indistries, Inc.
The finish is to be only applied in a controlled interior environment by and applicator approved
and licensed by PPG Industries, inc.
Thickness is to be two coats, minimum 1.2 mil dry film thickness.
krM Architecture+
Flashing and Sheet Metal
07 60 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Color is to be chosen from the manufacturer’s standard line of colors.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL MATERIALS:
To be 22 gauge pre-finished metal as described below.
ROOF AND WALL COPINGS
On top of all wall systems there is to be a coping system fabricated of 22 gauge thick pre-finished
galvanized steel. These copings are to be custom fabricated to fit all wall sections. Units are to be
formed with keeper hooks, drip lips and expansion joints. All expansion joints are to have internal
concealed slip joints to allow expansion and contraction. Slip joint liner is to be coated with same
finish as coping.
Finish on coping is to be full strength fluropon finish such as Kynar. Color as selected by
architect.
Design unit to allow thermal expansion and contraction. Method of this provision is to be
indicated on the shop drawings.
Product to be as manufactured by:
 Hickman,
 Construction Specialties
 M.M Systems Corporation
 Architectural Products Co.
Product to be equal to Hickman Permasnap.
FABRICATED UNITS:
General Metal Fabrication: Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details
shown, and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and
other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance;
with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or
deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer
instructions and recommendations for r forming material. Form exposed sheet metal work
without excessive oil-canning, buckling and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated, with
exposed edges folded back to form hems.
Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. For metal other than
aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. Form aluminum seams with epoxy
seam sealer; rivet joints for additional strength where required.
Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be
used, or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing
hooked flanges, not less than 1" deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).
Sealant Joints: Where movable, non-expansion type joints are indicated or required for proper
performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in
compliance with SMACNA standards.
krM Architecture+
Flashing and Sheet Metal
07 60 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates
by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or other
permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacture’s installation instructions and
recommendations, and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Anchor units of work
securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal
fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps,
joints and seams which will be permanently watertight and weatherproof.
Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof
performance.
Install counter-flashing in reglets, either by snap-in seal arrangement, or by wedging in place for
anchorage and filling reglet with mastic or elastomeric sealant, as indicated and depending on
degree of sealant exposure.
Install elastic flashing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where required,
provide for movement at joints by forming loops or bellows in width of flashing. Locate cover or
filler strips at joints to facilitate complete drainage of water from flashing. Seam adjacent flashing
sheets with adhesive, seal and anchor edges in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendation.
Nail flanges of expansion joint units to curb nailers, at maximum spacing of 6". Fabricate seams
at joints between units with minimum 3" overlap, to form a continuous waterproof system.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances which might cause corrosion of metal or
deterioration of finishes.
Protection: Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and
protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction, to ensure that work will be
without damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering, at time of substantial completion.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Flashing and Sheet Metal
07 60 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
SECTION 07 90 00 - JOINT SEALERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
Work included: The work includes the furnishing of all labor, tool equipment and
services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the execution of caulking and
sealant work shown on the drawings or as specified.
Work to be caulked:
Areas listed below.
The following joints are to be caulked/sealed whether or not they are detailed on the
drawings. Additional locations may be called for on the drawings.
1. Perimeter of exterior openings where aluminum or steel frames meet exterior facade
of building (i.e. precast, brick, block or stone.
2. Expansion and control joints in exterior surfaces of brick, stone or masonry.
3. Control and expansion joints in exterior surfaces of unit masonry walls
4. Coping joints and coping to facade joints
5. Cornice and wash (or horizontal surface joints)
6. Exterior joints in a horizontal wearing surface and walks one or two part
polyurethane, self leveling grade.
7. Joints at top of non-load bearing masonry walls at the underside of poured
concrete.
8. Joint between walks and building walls.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Sealing of metal channels and drop ceiling system, Section 09511.
Sealing of joints around attenuating drywall partitions, Section 09250.
Sealing of exterior and interior perimeters of all electrical and mechanical items which
penetrates the facade of the building, Division 15 and 16.
krM Architecture+
Sealants
07 90 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Use only qualified workmen thoroughly skilled and especially trained in the techniques
of caulking, who can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Architect of their ability to
perform the work in a satisfactory manner.
Mixing and application of the sealant shall be in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's printed direction.
Before delivery to the job, submit samples of caulking and sealing compound for
approval.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
Deliver caulking and sealing compounds to the job in unbroken sealed containers
bearing the manufacturer's mixing directions. Store materials in sealed containers in a
dry protected area above the ground or floor.
Protect caulking materials before, during and after installation. Protect the work of
other trades during installation.
Do not use caulking materials that have been stored for a period of time exceeding the
maximum recommended shelf like of the materials.
GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants workmanship for a period of two (2) years in accordance with
terms of the contractor's written warranty. Materials are warranted in accordance with
the manufacturer's written warranty.
JOB CONDITIONS
The joint configuration, the joint surfaces and backing forming the sealant rabbet shall
be as detailed in the drawings and in accordance with the contract specifications. All
known detrimental conditions shall be reported immediately in writing to the Contractor
and/or Architect for correction by the Contractor.
Do not proceed with the installation of sealant if the joint width is less than design, until
written notification of the conditions is submitted to the Contractor and a written
acknowledgement with order to proceed is provided by the Contractor.
Do not proceed with the installation of sealant under adverse weather conditions, when
joints to be sealed are damp, wet or frozen, or when temperatures are below or above
the manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. Consult the manufacturer
for specific instructions before proceeding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
krM Architecture+
Sealants
07 90 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
SEALANTS
Contractor to use the product recommended by the manufacturer as being the top-ofthe-line, best sealant for each application.
The materials are generally to be silicone sealants as manufactured by General Electric
– Silpruf line of sealants.
For masonry work select only sealants that will not bleed
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
Dow Corning, General Electric, (silicone)
Tremco, Sika (polyurethane)
MATERIALS
Silicone Sealant
Tremco Spectrum One
BACKER ROD
To be compressible foam type round backer rod placed in all construction joints.
Material shall be closed cell and certified not to release expansive gas that may cause
sealant to bubble
MATERIALS - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Specifications: Conform to applicable Federal or ASTM Specifications.
Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color or special color if
applicable.
Sealant Primer: Suitable to the substrate surface as recommended by the sealant
manufacturer. Knowledge of whether the primer is staining or non-staining should be
obtained prior to application.
Joint Backing: Preformed compressible, resilient, non-waxing, non-extruding, nonstaining strips or rod (polyethylene urethane, foam) as recommended by sealant
manufacturer. Backing shall be of size and shape to suite the various conditions and
shall be compatible with the sealant,
primers, and substrates.
krM Architecture+
Sealants
07 90 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Surface Conditions: Joint surfaces to receive a sealant shall be sound, clean, dry and
free of all visible contaminants. Application of non-visible coatings to surface of rabbet
area prior to application of sealant shall be controlled by the Architect/Contractor in
consultation with sealant manufacturer.
Joint Size: Joint size to be determined by Architect based upon building movement,
sealant capabilities and substrate requirements.
PREPARATION OF SURFACES
Primer: Thoroughly clean joints and apply primer, if recommended by manufacturer, to
a dry surface. Apply primer prior to installation of joint backer, bond breaker or sealant.
Joint Backing: In joints where the depth of the joint exceeds the required depth of the
sealant, install joint backing to provide backing and uniform depth of sealant. Joint
backing shall be installed with approximately 30% compression. Do not stretch, twist,
puncture or tear joint backing. Butt joint backing at intersections.
Bond Breaker Tape: Install bond breaker tape smoothly at back of joint where joint
backing is not required or cannot be installed. (Sealant shall adhere only to the sides
and not to the back of the joint so as to eliminate "three point adhesion.")
INSTALLATION
Sealant Application: Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer’s application
manual or instructions, using hand guns or pressure equipment, with proper nozzle
size, on clean, dry, properly prepared substrate. Force sealant into joint and against the
side of joint to make uniform. Avoid pulling the sealant from sides. Fill sealant space
completely with sealant.
Tooling: Tooling is required to insure firm full contact with the interfaces of the joint.
Tool joint to form smooth, uniform beads with slightly concave surfaces. Finish joints
shall be straight, uniform, smooth and neatly finished. Remove any excess sealant from
adjacent surface of joint, leaving work in a neat, clean condition.
Where an irregular surface or sensitive joint border exists, the applicator shall apply
making tape at edges of joint to insure joint neatness and protection. Tape to be
removed after sealant is applied.
CLEANING
Clean off excess compound or smears with cleaning material recommended by
manufacturer of compound. Leave work in a condition satisfactory to Architect.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
Sealants
07 90 00 - 4
SECTION 31 01 51 - UNDERGROUND UTILITY PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
PROTECTION
A. Existing utility lines and structures indicated or known and existing
utility lines for this Project shall be protected from damage during
construction
B. The general contractor is to Locate and flag all lines and structures before beginning
any excavation operations. The general contractor shall have the site completely marked
by all utilities. The GC is to verify with utilities that markings are accurate. The GC is to
be responsible for final utility verification prior to excavation or demolition.
REMOVAL AND RELOCATION
A. When utility lines and structures are encountered within the area of operations,
notify the Design team and affected utility in ample time for the necessary measures to be
taken to prevent interruption of the services.
UNKNOWN LOCATIONS
A. Damage to existing utility lines or structures not indicated or known shall be
reported immediately to the Design team and the affected utility.
If it is determined by the design team that the utility line could have
been discovered prior to damage by careful marking and requesting
utility company markings the General Contractor shall pay the cost of utility
line repair. If the utility could not have been known ahead of time
the repairs will be made at the owner's expense.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Applicable
PART 3 - EXECUTION.+
Not Applicable
END OF SECTION 31 01 51
Underground Utility Protection
33 01 51
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
SECTION 31 10 00 - SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
The site clearing is to include the removal of all items above and below grade
required to allow the new facilities to be installed.
Site clearing work includes, but is not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pavement Removal
Topsoil stripping.
Clearing and grubbing.
Removing above-grade improvements.
Removing below-grade improvements.
Sidewalk Removal
Curb Removal
JOB CONDITIONS:
Traffic: Conduct site clearing operations to ensure minimum interference with
roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not
close or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without
permission from the owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
Protection of Existing Improvements: Provide protections necessary to prevent
damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place. Protect adjacent
properties from damage.
Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to
parties having jurisdiction.
Protection of Existing Trees and Vegetation: Protect existing trees and other
vegetation indicated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking or
skinning of roots, skinning and bruising of bark, smothering of trees by
stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials within drip line, excess
foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary
guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing.
krM Architecture+
SITE CLEARING
31 10 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing removal and
alteration work on public right-of-way adjoining Owner's property will be
obtained by Owner prior to award of contract.
Extent of work on adjacent property is indicated on Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not applicable to work of this section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SITE CLEARING:
General: Remove grass and other vegetation, improvements, or obstructions
interfering with installation of new construction. Remove such items elsewhere
on site or premises as specifically indicated. Removal includes digging out
stumps and roots.
Topsoil: Topsoil is defined as friable clay loam surface soil found in a depth of
not less than 4". Satisfactory topsoil is reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps,
stones, and other objects over 2" in diameter, and without weeds, roots, and
other objectionable material.
Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent
intermingling with underlying subsoil or other objectionable material.
Stockpile topsoil in storage piles where deemed best by Contractor. Stock pile
no more topsoil than will be needed for completion at the end of the building.
Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. Cover storage piles if
required to prevent wind-blown dust.
Clearing and Grubbing: Clear site of trees, shrubs and other vegetation, except
for those indicated to be left standing. Remove from site and dispose of.
Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground
surface.
Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory
soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6" loose depth and
thoroughly compact to a density equal to adjacent original ground.
Removal of Improvements: Remove existing above-grade and below-grade
improvements necessary to permit construction, and other work as indicated.
krM Architecture+
SITE CLEARING
31 10 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Abandonment or removal of certain underground pipe or conduits may be
shown on mechanical or electrical drawings, and is included under work of
those sections. Removal of abandoned underground piping or conduit
interfering with construction is included under this section.
Pavement removal: Remove all asphalt and concrete pavements on the site
entirely and dispose of. This includes removal of all base and sub-base
materials. Remove all curbs, drainage structures, bases, and other items on
site.
DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS:
Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials and unsuitable and
excess topsoil from Owner's property and dispose of off site in legal manner.
END OF SECTION
krM Architecture+
SITE CLEARING
31 10 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
SECTION 31 20 00 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawing and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of earthwork is indicated on drawings, and includes, but is not limited to:
Excavation of the site to footing elevations shown on the drawings.
Hauling and off-site removal of excess top soil and subsoil.
Preparation of sub-grade for building slabs, walks, and pavements.
Drainage fill for the support of floor slabs and drainage fill above the waterproofing assembly.
Purchasing and placing fill as required for proper elevations under buildings, slabs, etc.
Backfilling at exterior walls and of trenches within building lines.
Replacement of subsoil and topsoil above the building and rough grading to elevations shown on
the drawings.
Excavation for Mechanical/Electrical Work: Excavation and backfill required in conjunction with
underground mechanical and electrical utilities, and buried mechanical and electrical
appurtenances is to be performed by the Contractor. Their work shall comply with the standards
set in this section.
Definition: "Excavation" consists of removal of material encountered to sub-grade elevations
indicated and subsequent disposal of materials removed.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable
governing authorities having jurisdiction.
requirements of
Testing and Inspection Service: The Owner will engage soil testing and inspection service for
quality control testing during earthwork operations.
JOB CONDITIONS:
Site Information: Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not intended as representations or
warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil bearings. It is expressly understood that the
Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the
Contractor. Data are made available for convenience of the Contractor.
The Contractor, at no cost to the Owner, may make additional test borings and other exploratory
operations.
Existing Utilities:
Earthwork
31 20 00 - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Where existing utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during
earthwork operations. The Contractor shall locate and verify the location of all existing utilities
prior to excavation. The information on the site plans of existing utilities is not known to be
accurate. It is a reflection of information supplied by a variety of sources.
Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during
excavation, consult utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with the Owner and utility
companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to
satisfaction of utility owner.
Provide minimum of 48-hour notice to Architect, and receive written notice to proceed before
interrupting any utility.
Use of Explosives: The use of explosives is NOT permitted.
Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work
and post with warning lights.
Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction.
Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork
operations.
Perform excavation within drip-line of large trees to remain by hand, and protect the root system
from damage or dry-out to the greatest extent possible. Maintain moist condition for root system
and cover exposed roots with burlap. Paint root cuts of 1" diameter
and larger with emulsified
asphalt tree paint.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
SOIL MATERIALS:
Definitions:
Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification
groups GW, GP, GM, SM, SW and SP.
Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification
groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT.
Sub-base Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, crushed slag, natural or crushed sand.
Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, crushed or uncrushed gravel,
with 100% passing a 1-1/2" sieve and not more than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve.
Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2" in
any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious matter. Fill
materials shall consist of new granular fill materials hauled in from off site material areas.
Contractor shall maintain separate stocks of topsoil and of subsoil.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXCAVATION:
Earthwork
31 20 00 - 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Excavation is Unclassified, and includes excavation to sub-grade elevations indicated, regardless
of character of materials and obstructions encountered.
Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated sub-grade elevations
or dimensions without specific direction of Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as
remedial work directed by Architect, shall be at Contractor's expense.
Under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending
indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without altering required top
elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to
proper position, when
acceptable to Architect.
Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized
excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Architect.
Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required sub-grade elevations, notify
Architect who will make an inspection of conditions.
If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at required sub-grade elevations, carry
excavations deeper and replace excavated material as directed by Architect.
Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be paid on basis of contract
conditions relative to changes in work.
Stability of Excavations: Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances
having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions
or stability of material excavated.
Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling.
Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations
and from flooding project site and surrounding area.
Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of
foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of sub-grades
and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and
discharge
lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from
excavations.
Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits
to convey rain water and water removed from excavation to collecting or run-off areas. Do not
use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches.
Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for
backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
All excess material soil material and waste materials shall be disposed of as herein specified.
Silt Fencing: Provide Silt Fencing around all areas and excavations to prevent water runoff and
soil run-ff into storm water systems or onto adjacent properties.
Excavation for Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of
plus or minus 0.10', and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit
placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction, and for
inspection.
Earthwork
31 20 00 - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation.
Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to
required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.
Excavation for Pavements: Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross-sections,
elevations and grades as shown.
Excavation for Trenches: Dig trenches to the uniform width required for particular item to be
installed, sufficiently wide to provide ample working room. Provide 6" to 9" clearance on both
sides of pipe or conduit.
Excavate trenches to depth indicated or required. Carry depth of trenches for piping to establish
indicated flow lines and invert elevations. Beyond building perimeter, keep bottoms of trenches
sufficiently below finish grade to avoid freeze-ups.
For pipes or conduit 5" or less in nominal size and for flat-bottomed, multiple-duct conduit units,
do not excavate beyond indicated depths. Hand excavate bottom cut to accurate elevations and
support pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil.
For pipes or conduit 6" or larger in nominal size, tanks and other mechanical/electrical work
indicated to receive sub-base, excavate to sub-base depth indicated, or, if not otherwise
indicated, to 6" below bottom of work to be supported.
Except as otherwise indicated, excavate for exterior water-bearing piping (water or drainage) so
top of piping is no less than 4'-6" below finish grade.
Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling authorized by
Architect. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems.
For piping or conduit less than 2'-6" below surface of roadways, provide 4" thick concrete base
slab support. After installation and testing of piping or conduit, provide minimum 4" thick
encasement (sides and top) of concrete prior to backfilling or placement of roadway sub-base.
COMPACTION:
General: Control soil compaction during construction providing minimum percentage of density
specified for each area classification indicated below.
Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following
percentages of maximum density for soils which exhibit a well-defined moisture density
relationship (cohesive soils) determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557; and not less than the
following percentages of relative density, determined in accordance with ASTM D 2049, for soils
which will not exhibit a well-defined moisture-density relationship (cohesionless soils).
Structures, Building Slabs and Steps, Pavements: Compact top 12" of sub-grade and each layer
of backfill or fill material at 90% maximum density for cohesive material or 95% relative density
for cohesionless material.
Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Compact top 6" of sub-grade and each layer of backfill or fill material at
85% maximum density for cohesive soils and 90% relative density for cohesionless soils.
Walkways: Compact top 6" of sub-grade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 90%
maximum density for cohesive material or 95% relative density for cohesionless material.
Earthwork
31 20 00 - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Moisture Control: Where sub-grade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before
compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of sub-grade, or layer of soil material, to prevent
free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations.
Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to
specified density.
Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be
stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by dicing, harrowing or pulverizing until
moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value.
BACKFILL AND FILL:
General: Place acceptable soil material in layers to required sub-grade elevations. Except as
noted below or on the drawings, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material.
Under walks and pavements, use sub-base material, or satisfactory excavated or borrow
material, or combination of both.
Under steps, use sub-base material.
Under building slabs, use drainage fill material.
Under piping and conduit, use sub-base material where sub-base is indicated under piping or
conduit; shape to fit bottom 90 deg. of cylinder.
Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following:
Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, damp-proofing,
waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of
underground utilities.
Removal of concrete formwork.
Removal of trash and debris.
Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials,
obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow, strip,
or break-up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond
with existing surface.
When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for
particular area classification, break up ground surface, pulverize, moisture-condition to optimum
moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density.
Placement and Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8" in loose
depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4" in loose
depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture
content. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry
density for each area classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are
muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.
Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping or conduit to required
elevations. Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill against structures or displacement of
Earthwork
31 20 00 - 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
piping or conduit by carrying material uniformly around structure,
approximately same elevation in each lift.
piping or conduit to
GRADING:
General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent
transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels
or slopes between points where elevations are indicated, or between such points and existing
grades.
Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from
structures and to prevent ponding.
Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows:
Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not more than 0.10' above or
below required sub-grade elevations.
Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface
not more than 0.10' above or below required sub-grade elevation.
Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and cross-section, with finish
surface not more than 1/2" above or below required sub-grade elevation.
Grading Surface of Fill Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted
as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/2" when tested
with a 10' straightedge.
Compaction: After grading, compact sub-grade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of
maximum or relative density for each area classification.
PAVEMENT SUB-BASE COURSE:
General: Sub-base course consists of placing sub-base material, in layers of specified thickness,
over sub-grade surface to support a pavement base course.
See other Division 2 sections for paving specifications.
Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown and cross-slope of
sub-base course.
Placing: place sub-base course material on prepared sub-grade in layers of uniform thickness,
conforming to indicate cross-section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for
compacting sub-base material during placement operations.
When a compacted sub-base course is shown to be 6" thick or less, place material in a single
layer. When shown to be more than 6" thick, place material in equal layers, except no single layer
more than 6" or less than 3" in thickness when compacted.
BUILDING SLAB DRAINAGE COURSE:
General: Drainage course consists of placement of drainage fill material, in layers of indicated
thickness, over sub-grade surface to support concrete building slabs.
Earthwork
31 20 00 - 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Placing: Place drainage fill material on prepared sub-grade in layers of uniform thickness,
conforming to indicate cross-section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for
compacting material during placement operations.
When a compacted drainage course is shown to be 6" thick or less, place material in a single
layer. When shown to be more than 6" thick, place material in equal layers, except no single layer
more than 6" or less than 3" in thickness when compacted.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Quality Control Testing During Construction: Allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before further construction work is performed.
Footing Sub-grade: For each strata of soil on which footings will be placed, conduct at least one
test to verify required design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of each
footing sub-grade may be based on a visual comparison of each sub-grade with related tested
strata, when acceptable to Architect.
Paved Areas and Building Slab Sub-grade: Make at least one field density test of sub-grade for
every 2000 sq. ft. of paved area or building slab, but in no case less than 3 tests. In each
compacted fill layer, make one field density test for every 2000 s q. ft. of overlaying building slab
or paved area, but in no case less than 3 tests.
Foundation Wall Backfill: Take at least 2 field density tests, at locations and elevations as
directed.
If in opinion of Architect, based on testing service reports and inspection, sub-grade or fills which
have been placed are below specified density, provide additional compaction and testing at no
additional expense.
MAINTENANCE:
Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of
trash and debris.
Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances.
Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by
subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, re-shape, and compact
to required density prior to further construction.
Settling: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project
warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact,
and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality , and condition of surface or finish to
match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS:
All excess soil materials shall be removed from the site and deposited in approved dumping
areas
Remove excess excavated material, trash, debris and waste materials and dispose of it off
Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 31 20 00
Earthwork
31 20 00 - 7
SECTION 31 20 01 - SITE USAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
The usage of this site is to be tightly controlled by the General Contractor (GC). It is
important to environment of the surrounding community that the disruption caused by
the construction is
minimized to the greatest degree possible.
The Contractors and all Sub-Contractors are to make every effort to take steps even
beyond those listed in this specification section and elsewhere in this manual to ensure
that the surrounding neighborhood remains safe, quiet, clean and in general, minimally
disrupted.
Tire cleaning
All trucks leaving the site shall be checked for wheel and truck mud. If present, all mud
and dirt shall be washed off so that there is no possibility of dropping mud after leaving
the site. Any construction mud found on streets attributed to construction will be
cleaned immediately by the City of and the Contractor invoiced for the cleaning.
Parking
All construction parking for workmen is to take place where directed by the owner.
Site Fencing
When requested by the owner the GC is construct fencing and barricades to provide
safety. It should be anticipated that fencing will used.
Site Cleanliness and professionalism
The site is to remain ordered and clean at all times. Weeds and grass are to be cut
down regularly. All materials are to be well organized neatly stacked and in general
present a neatly organized site. Regular removal of debris is to take place. Mud is to be
cleaned from pavements. Besides the safety improvements a neat site creates a neat
site portrays a professional image to the community regarding the project, which is
required.
Public Street Usage
Contractors are to make individual arrangements with the Government for the use of
street areas.
Modifications
It is recognized that the contractors’ expertise in coordinating construction will likely
generate more specific ideas on the management of the site. The Contractor may
modify these requirements if agreeable by the owner. In addition, additional site usage
restrictions may be imposed on the contractor if required to allow un-disrupted library
services or a matter of public safety.
Dust and dirt
The Contractors shall control dust and dirt by whatever means are required to prevent
air bone dust generated from earthwork operations, masonry sawing or any other
procedures. In addition to precautions outlined elsewhere in this specification manual,
the Contractor shall maintain moist soil by watering during excavation periods and as
krM Architecture+
Site Usage
31 20 01 - 1
required, and use only wet masonry saw
Architect.
unless covered and approved by the
END OF SECTION 31 20 01
krM Architecture+
Site Usage
31 20 01 - 2
SECTION 31 30 10 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
PART 1: GENERAL
1.1
The provisions of the Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Proposals, General
Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Division 1, General Requirements, and of
Sections 26 01 00 and 26 05 00, are included as a part of this Section as though
bound herein.
1.2
The following is supplemental to the requirements of Divisions 2, Site Work.
1.3
This Contractor (and any Subcontractor) shall do all the excavating of any materials
encountered, backfill, cutting and patching as shown or as necessary for installation
of underground wiring, foundations and equipment in his contract. Provide and
maintain bracing, shoring or sheathing necessary to support walls of excavations.
1.4
Trenches shall be opened in straight lines. Exterior trenches shall have minimum depth
of 30" which shall be maintained between top of largest conduit or duct and finish
grade. The trenching depth in the fields may change because of the underdrain system.
1.5
Trenches in unpaved areas may use excavated material for backfill. All trenches under
paved area or walks shall be backfilled with granular material.
1.6
The excavated material which is to be used for trench backfilling shall be stored so that
it will not cause a hazard to the work, workmen, and so that it will cause a minimum of
inconvenience to travel, adjacent property or other Contractors. No excavated materials
shall be placed on an adjoining, nonpermanent type of pavement or adjoining lawns or
shrubbery when possible. The excess excavated material which was to be used but is
not required for backfilling shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the
Contractor at his expense. Temporary storing of the material shall be treated as above.
1.7
All job excavated materials which are used for trench backfill shall be compacted in by
any method except settlement by water. In the baseball fields compaction must take
place in 6” lifts. All Backfill shall be clean and shall be of such composition that said
material can be compacted to 95 percent relative compaction by the compaction
method used and with water added, if needed, to bring it to optimum moisture content.
Compaction in the baseball fields shall be 100 percent relative compaction.
1.8
Where excavation is necessary in an existing lawn, carefully remove and store sod.
After backfilling trench, replace sod. Care shall be exercised during the work to see
that no unnecessary damage is done to lawn in storing of dirt or other construction
material. Should unnecessary damage occur, in opinion of Design team, the Contractor
shall be required to recondition lawns at his own expense.
1.9
In addition, each Contractor shall provide and maintain warning barricades, flags,
warning lights, etc., and shall conduct his work so as to create a minimum amount
of inconvenience to others, traffic, construction, and the like. Temporary
suspension of work does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the above
krM Architecture+
Excavating & Backfill
31 30 10 - 1
requirements.
1.10
Where roots of live trees are encountered in excavations, they shall be carefully
protected during constructions. Contractor shall cut or remove interfering, trees,
remove all stumps, rocks, etc., in line of excavation; however, approval of Design team
shall be obtained before any tree is removed or cut. Any shrubbery in line of excavation
shall be removed with ball of dirt and replaced at completion of excavation.
1.11
Where excavation is necessary in existing pavements, Contractors for whose work
excavation is required shall pay all fees and costs of opening street or pavement and all
costs of filling and repaving in accordance with the requirements of and to satisfaction
of Municipality, Utility or Owner of such paving.
1.12
Where existing sidewalks, drives and roadways must be cut, they shall be saw cut in
straight lines to present neat appearance when relaid. At such locations the backfill
medium shall be compacted crushed stone or approved equal, from bottom of
finished surface to bottom of the trench.
1.13
Where an open cut trench crosses a street, alley, driveway, parking area or traveled
roadway, any of which have been paved with hot asphaltic concrete, concrete or
bituminous seal, or when a trench parallels a roadway pavement and the centerline of
the sewer is within six (6) feet of the edge of the pavement, the trench shall be backfilled
with granular material for the full length of the trench plus one foot on each end of the
trench. The shoulders of such backfill shall be sloped away along the length of the
trench from the ends at the ratio of one and one-half horizontally to one vertically.
1.14
Where an open trench is cut in a paved area as described above, the trench shall
immediately be surfaced with crushed stone. Stone shall be kept up flush with the
adjacent pavement and shall be of such a depth that there shall be a minimum of eight
(8) inches of compacted No. 53 crushed stone left in the trench below the final
pavement thickness.
1.15
The Contractor shall restore damaged or removed pavements as herein specified. All
pavements, concrete walks and improved surfaces such as crushed stone parking
areas, walks, or drives shall be restored to as good as or better condition than before
construction.
1.16
All pavement disturbed by the construction operation shall be restored including that
caused by storage use and movement of construction materials, construction
equipment, etc. Where trenches are located across pavement, the Contractor shall
place stone in the trench immediately after backfill so as to maintain traffic and access.
The trench
shall be thus maintained until such time as the pavement may be restored.
1.17
Concrete pavements, sidewalks and curbs shall be replaced to the same thickness
as the original pavement unless otherwise specified herein. Concrete street pavement
replacement shall be minimum thickness of nine (9) inches.
1.18
Edges of existing pavements, sidewalks and curbs shall be neatly sawed in two
(2) parallel lines straddling the trench. Where such edge is closer than two
(2) feet to an existing control joint, the concrete shall be removed back to the joint and
krM Architecture+
Excavating & Backfill
31 30 10 - 2
resulting panel poured monolithic. Any reinforcing steel protruding into the trench cut
shall be left intact to help reinforce the repair.
1.19
The Contractor shall use high early strength concrete with a maximum slump of four (4)
inches. Water shall not be added at the job site. The repair shall not be opened to
traffic for seventy-two (72) hours after initial set. Concrete shall be covered with
ethylene film or an approved, non-staining curing compound during the cure period.
1.20
Concrete walks shall be one course construction, four (4) inches in thickness,
reinforced with 6 x 6 mesh, 10 gauge, with a four (4) inch gravel underlay. A 1/2 inch
expansion joint with premolded filler shall be used at one end of each sidewalk or curb
cut.
1.21
Where the trench cut is made through concrete which has been resurfaced with
asphalt, the repair shall be made in kind, that is, replace concrete portion and then
resurface it with hot mix to provide a uniform job,
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1
Bituminous pavement replacement shall consist of a minimum of 8 inches thickness of
compacted crushed stone base and a wearing surface of a 3-inch hot mix bituminous
surface in accordance with State Highway Specifications. Base shall be No. 53 stone
or No. 53 and No. 2. Each layer shall be compacted with a road roller or the wheels of
heavy equipment. Existing pavement thicker than such minimum shall be replaced to
thickness in kind. Hot mix surface shall be (1) one (2) two-inch layer of binder and 1
inch wearing surface. The 1-inch thick top course shall be of Type 'D' surface
material which shall be placed so that the trench surface is 1/2-inch above adjacent
pavement.
The top course shall be feathered out at least six inches over the existing pavement
to form a seal.
2.2
Concrete for pavements, sidewalks or curbs shall be 4,000 psi concrete, using highearly strength cement and limestone large aggregate.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1
All work required by this Section shall be performed by skilled craftsmen experienced
in the particular field of work.
3.2
All work to be done in a workmanlike manner in accordance with specific
requirements of Divisions 2 and 3 of these Specifications.
END OF SECTION 33 30 10
krM Architecture+
Excavating & Backfill
31 30 10 - 3
SECTION 31 41 00 - STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
Many of the specifications are shown on the drawings. The drawings take precedence
over these specification if there is a conflict.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
Many of the materials and requirements are shown on the drawings. Information
shown on the drawings take precedence over items in this specification section.
B.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.3
Pipe and fittings.
Manholes.
Cleanouts.
Nonpressure transition couplings.
Expansion joints.
Catch basins.
Stormwater inlets.
Pipe outlets.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings:
1.
2.
Manholes: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, frames, and covers.
Catch basins and stormwater inlets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details,
frames, covers, and grates.
C.
Coordination Drawings: Show pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Show other
piping in same trench and clearances from storm drainage system piping. Indicate
interface and spatial relationship between manholes, piping, and proximate structures.
D.
Profile Drawings: Show system piping in elevation. Draw profiles at horizontal scale
of not less than 1 inch equals 50 feet (1:500) and vertical scale of not less than 1 inch
equals 5 feet (1:50). Indicate manholes and piping. Show types, sizes, materials, and
elevations of other utilities crossing system piping.
E.
Product Certificates:
manufacturer.
F.
Field quality-control reports.
krM Architecture+
For each type of cast-iron soil pipe and fitting, from
STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
31 41 00 - 1
G.
1.4
A.
Storm water chamber system installation recommendations.
1.
Provide full manufacturers instructions for the installation of the storm water
chamber system.
2.
Schedule a pre-installation meeting to review installation procedures.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Interruption of Existing Storm Drainage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities
occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and
then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements
indicated:
1.
2.
Notify Owner and Architect no fewer than five days in advance of proposed
interruption of service.
Do not proceed with interruption of service without Owner's written permission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
Refer to plans for specific pipe type and location. Pipe materials below are to apply
when a specific material type is not noted on the drawings or to supplement
information on the drawings.
2.2
HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.
Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class.
B.
Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.
C.
Calking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber.
2.3
SANITARY SEWER DRAIN PIPE
1.
SDR 35 smooth plastic sewer pipe. Gasketed connections
2.4
HDPE PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.
Corrugated PE Drainage Pipe and Fittings NPS 3 to NPS 10 (DN 80 to DN 250):
AASHTO M 252M, Type S, with smooth waterway for coupling joints.
1.
2.
Silttight Couplings: PE sleeve with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 2
gasket material that mates with tube and fittings.
Soiltight Couplings: AASHTO M 252M, corrugated, matching tube and fittings.
krM Architecture+
STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
31 41 00 - 2
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
2.7
A.
PERIMETER FOUNDATION DRAIN PIPE
Corrugated and perforated HDPE smooth wall plastic pipe. Heavy duty. Provide a
geo tactile sock on the pipe.
NONPRESSURE TRANSITION COUPLINGS
Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling,
for joining underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to
be joined, and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on
each end.
CLEANOUTS
Cast-Iron Cleanouts:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Plastic Cleanouts:
1.
2.8
A.
Description: ASME A112.36.2M, round, gray-iron housing with clamping device
and round, secured, scoriated, gray-iron cover. Include gray-iron ferrule with
inside calk or spigot connection and countersunk, tapered-thread, brass closure
plug.
Top-Loading Classification(s): Medium Duty.
Sewer Pipe Fitting and Riser to Cleanout: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron
soil pipe and fittings.
Description: PVC body with PVC threaded plug. Include PVC sewer pipe fitting
and riser to cleanout of same material as sewer piping.
MANHOLES
Standard Precast Concrete Manholes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Description: ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M), precast, reinforced concrete, of
depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints.
Diameter: 48 inches (1200 mm) minimum unless otherwise indicated.
Ballast: Increase thickness of precast concrete sections or add concrete to
base section as required to prevent flotation.
Base Section: 6-inch (150-mm) minimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inch
(102-mm) minimum thickness for walls and base riser section, and separate
base slab or base section with integral floor.
Riser Sections: 4-inch (102-mm) minimum thickness, and lengths to provide
depth indicated.
Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type
is indicated, and top of cone of size that matches grade rings.
Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990 (ASTM C 990M), bitumen or butyl rubber.
Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), cast or fitted into
manhole walls, for each pipe connection.
krM Architecture+
STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
31 41 00 - 3
9.
10.
11.
B.
2.9
A.
Manhole Frames and Covers:
1.
See drawings for specifications and manufacturers model numbers for casting,
lids and grates
CONCRETE
General:
Cast-in-place concrete
(ACI 350M/350RM), and the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
to
ACI 318,
ACI 350/350R
Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand.
Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel.
Water: Potable.
Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A 185/A 185M, steel, welded wire fabric, plain.
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (420 MPa) deformed steel.
Manhole Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland
cement design mix, 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum
water/cementitious materials ratio. Include channels and benches in manholes.
1.
Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected piping, with
height of vertical sides to three-fourths of pipe diameter. Form curved channels
with smooth, uniform radius and slope.
a.
2.
Invert Slope: 2 percent through manhole.
Benches: Concrete, sloped to drain into channel.
a.
D.
according
Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum
water/cementitious materials ratio.
1.
2.
C.
Steps: Individual FRP steps or FRP ladder or deformed, 1/2-inch (13-mm) steel
reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101, PP, wide enough to allow worker to
place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step.
Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch (300- to 400-mm) intervals.
Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 60
inches (1500 mm).
Adjusting Rings: Interlocking HDPE rings with level or sloped edge in thickness
and diameter matching manhole frame and cover, and of height required to
adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. Include
sealant recommended by ring manufacturer.
Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225-mm) total
thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover, and height as
required to adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope.
Slope: 8 percent.
Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
minimum, with 0.58 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio.
krM Architecture+
STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
31 41 00 - 4
1.
2.
2.10
A.
CATCH BASINS
Standard Precast Concrete Catch Basins:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A 185/A 185M, steel, welded wire fabric, plain.
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (420 MPa) deformed steel.
Description: ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M), precast, reinforced concrete, of
depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints.
Base Section: 6-inch (150-mm) minimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inch
(102-mm) minimum thickness for walls and base riser section, and separate
base slab or base section with integral floor.
Riser Sections: 4-inch (102-mm) minimum thickness, 48-inch (1200-mm)
diameter, and lengths to provide depth indicated.
Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type
is indicated. Top of cone of size that matches grade rings.
Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990 (ASTM C 990M), bitumen or butyl rubber.
Adjusting Rings: Interlocking rings with level or sloped edge in thickness and
shape matching catch basin frame and grate. Include sealant recommended by
ring manufacturer.
Grade Rings: Include two or three reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch
(150- to 225-mm) total thickness, that match 24-inch- (610-mm-) diameter frame
and grate.
Steps: Individual FRP steps or ASTM A 615/A 615M, deformed, 1/2-inch (13mm) steel reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101, PP, wide enough to allow
worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage
off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch (300- to 400-mm)
intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of catch basin to finished grade is
less than 60 inches (1500 mm) .
Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), resilient, of size required, for
each pipe connecting to base section.
Frames and Grates:
1.
See drawings for specifications and manufacturers model numbers for casting,
lids and grates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
3.2
A.
EARTHWORK
Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
PIPING INSTALLATION
General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general
location and arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Location and
arrangement of piping layout take into account design considerations. Install piping
krM Architecture+
STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
31 41 00 - 5
as indicated, to extent practical. Where specific installation is not indicated, follow
piping manufacturer's written instructions.
B.
Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with
unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install
gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written
instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements.
C.
Install manholes for changes in direction unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings for
branch connections unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated.
D.
Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or
materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of
flow is prohibited.
E.
When installing pipe under streets or other obstructions that cannot be disturbed, use
pipe-jacking process of microtunneling.
F.
Install gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
G.
Install corrosion-protection piping encasement over the following underground metal
piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.3
A.
Install piping pitched down in direction of flow.
Install piping NPS 6 (DN 150) and larger with restrained joints at tee fittings and
at changes in direction.
Use corrosion-resistant rods, pipe or fitting
manufacturer's proprietary restraint system, or cast-in-place concrete supports
or anchors.
Install piping with 48-inch (1220-mm) minimum cover.
Install hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil
Pipe and Fittings Handbook."
Install hubless cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast
Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook."
Install ductile-iron piping and special fittings according to AWWA C600 or
AWWA M41.
Install PE corrugated sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321.
Install PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 1668.
Install nonreinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 1479 and
ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Installation Manual."
Install reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 1479 and ACPA's
"Concrete Pipe Installation Manual."
Hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings.
Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings.
Ductile-iron pipe and fittings.
Expansion joints.
PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
Join gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:
krM Architecture+
STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
31 41 00 - 6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
3.4
Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasketed joints according to
CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.
Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with calked joints according to CISPI's
"Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for lead and oakum calked joints.
Join hubless cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron
Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints.
Join ductile-iron culvert piping according to AWWA C600 for push-on joints.
Join ductile-iron piping and special fittings according to AWWA C600 or
AWWA M41.
Join corrugated PE piping according to ASTM D 3212 for push-on joints.
Join PVC corrugated sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 for elastomericseal joints.
Join nonreinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 14
(ASTM C 14M) and ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Installation Manual" for rubbergasketed joints.
Join reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ACPA's "Concrete Pipe
Installation Manual" for rubber-gasketed joints.
Join dissimilar pipe materials with nonpressure-type flexible couplings.
CLEANOUT INSTALLATION
A.
Install cleanouts and riser extensions from sewer pipes to cleanouts at grade. Use
cast-iron soil pipe fittings in sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts and cast-iron soil
pipe for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install piping so cleanouts open in direction of
flow in sewer pipe.
1.
2.
Use Medium-Duty, top-loading classification cleanouts in paved foot-traffic
areas.
3.
Use Heavy-Duty, top-loading classification cleanouts in vehicle-traffic service
areas.
B.
Set cleanout frames and covers in earth in cast-in-place concrete block, 18 by 18 by
12 inches (450 by 450 by 300 mm) deep. Set with tops 1 inch (25 mm) above
surrounding earth grade.
C.
Set cleanout frames and covers in concrete pavement and roads with tops flush with
pavement surface.
3.5
MANHOLE INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install manholes, complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated.
B.
Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C 891.
C.
Where specific manhole construction is not indicated, follow manhole manufacturer's
written instructions.
krM Architecture+
STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
31 41 00 - 7
D.
3.6
A.
3.7
Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in
pavements. Set tops 3 inches (76 mm) above finished surface elsewhere unless
otherwise indicated.
CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION
Set frames and grates to elevations indicated.
STORMWATER INLET AND OUTLET INSTALLATION
A.
Construct inlet head walls, aprons, and sides of reinforced concrete, as indicated.
B.
Construct riprap of broken stone, as indicated.
C.
Install outlets that spill onto grade, anchored with concrete, where indicated.
D.
Install outlets that spill onto grade, with flared end sections that match pipe, where
indicated.
E.
Construct energy dissipaters at outlets, as indicated.
3.8
A.
3.9
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318.
CHANNEL DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A.
Install with top surfaces of components, except piping, flush with finished surface.
B.
Assemble channel sections to form slope down toward drain outlets. Use sealants,
adhesives, fasteners, and other materials recommended by system manufacturer.
C.
Embed channel sections and drainage specialties in 4-inch (102-mm) minimum
concrete around bottom and sides.
D.
Fasten grates to channel sections if indicated.
E.
Assemble channel sections with flanged or interlocking joints.
F.
Embed channel sections in 4-inch (102-mm) minimum concrete around bottom and
sides.
3.10
A.
STORM WATER STORAGE CHAMBER INSTALLATION
The installation of the Storm water storage chambers is to follow the manufacturers
recommended guidelines.
krM Architecture+
STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
31 41 00 - 8
B.
Provide instructions from the manufacturers in the submittals for review
C.
Schedule an on site pre-installation conference to review the installation procedures.
3.11
CONNECTIONS
A.
Connect nonpressure, gravity-flow drainage piping in building's storm building drains
specified in Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping."
B.
Make connections to existing piping and underground manholes.
1.
2.
3.
Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections.
Remove section of existing pipe; install wye fitting into existing piping; and
encase entire wye fitting, plus 6-inch (150-mm) overlap, with not less than 6
inches (150 mm) of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7
MPa).
Make branch connections from side into existing piping, NPS 4 to NPS 20
(DN 100 to DN 500). Remove section of existing pipe, install wye fitting into
existing piping, and encase entire wye with not less than 6 inches (150 mm) of
concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa).
Make branch connections from side into existing piping, NPS 21 (DN 525) or
larger, or to underground manholes and structures by cutting into existing unit
and creating an opening large enough to allow 3 inches (76 mm) of concrete to
be packed around entering connection. Cut end of connection pipe passing
through pipe or structure wall to conform to shape of and be flush with inside
wall unless otherwise indicated. On outside of pipe, manhole, or structure wall,
encase entering connection in 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete for minimum
length of 12 inches (300 mm) to provide additional support of collar from
connection to undisturbed ground.
a.
b.
4.
C.
3.12
A.
Use concrete that will attain a minimum 28-day compressive strength of
3000 psi (20.7 MPa) unless otherwise indicated.
Use epoxy-bonding compound as interface between new and existing
concrete and piping materials.
Protect existing piping, manholes, and structures to prevent concrete or debris
from entering while making tap connections.
Remove debris or other
extraneous material that may accumulate.
Connect to sediment interceptors specified in Division 2 Section "Interceptors."
IDENTIFICATION
Materials and their installation are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." Arrange
for installation of green warning tape directly over piping and at outside edge of
underground structures.
1.
Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping.
krM Architecture+
STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
31 41 00 - 9
2.
3.13
A.
Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of
underground structures.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has
occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches (610 mm) of backfill is in place, and
again at completion of Project.
1.
2.
Submit separate reports for each system inspection.
Defects requiring correction include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.
4.
B.
Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between
structures.
Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or
cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter.
Damage: Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping.
Infiltration: Water leakage into piping.
Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping.
Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until
defects are within allowances specified.
Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory.
Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered,
extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval.
Test completed piping systems according to requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24
hours' advance notice.
Submit separate report for each test.
Gravity-Flow Storm Drainage Piping: Test according to requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following:
a.
b.
c.
Exception: Piping with soiltight joints unless required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
Option: Test plastic piping according to ASTM F 1417.
Option: Test concrete piping according to ASTM C 924 (ASTM C 924M).
C.
Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.
D.
Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within
allowances specified.
END OF SECTION 31 41 00
krM Architecture+
STORM AND SANITARY DRAINAGE
31 41 00 - 10
SECTION 32 31 13 – Chain Link Fencing and Gates
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of chain link fences and gates is indicated on drawings.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Provide chain link fences and gates as complete units controlled by a single source including
necessary erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings.
SUBMITTALS:
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data, and installation instructions for metal
fencing, fabric, gates and accessories.
JOB CONDITIONS:
Do not deliver equipment until building is enclosed and ready for installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Dimensions indicated for pipe, roll-formed, and H-sections are outside dimensions, exclusive of
coatings.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturer:
following:
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the
Galvanized steel fencing and fabric:
Allied Tube and Conduit Corp.
American Fence Corp.
Anchor Fence, Inc.
Steel Fabric:
Fabric: No. 9 Ga. (0.148” +/- 0.005”) size steel wires, 2” mesh, with top and bottom selvages
knuckled for all fabric heights.
Furnish one-piece fabric widths for fencing up to 12’ high.
Chain Link Fencing
32 31 13 - 1
Fabric Finish: Galvanized, ASTM A 392, Class I, with not less than 1.2 oz. Zinc per sq. ft. of
surface.
Steel Framework, General: Galvanized Steel, ASTM A 120 or A 123, with not less than 1.8 oz.
Zinc per sq. ft. of surface.
Fittings and Accessories: Galvanized, ASTM A 153, with zinc weights per table I.
Up to 6’ Fabric Height: 2” OD steel pipe, 2.72 lbs. Per lin. Ft.
7’ to 12’ Fabric Height: 3” OD, 5.79 lbs per lin. Ft.
Over 12: Fabric Hieght: 4” OD, 9.11 lbs. Per lin. Ft.
Line Posts: Space 8’-0” o.c. unless otherwise indicated.
Gate Posts: Furnish posts for supporting single gate leaf, or one leaf of a double gate
installation, for nominal gate widths as follows:
Leaf width
6’ to 13’
Gate Post
lbs. / lin. Ft.
4.000” OD
9.11
Top, middle and Bottom rails: Manufacturer’s longest lengths, with expansion type couplings,
approximately 6” long, for each joint. Provide means for attaching top rail securely to each gate
corner, pull and end post.
Fabric vertical span up to 6’: 1.66” OD pipe, 2.27 lbs. Per ft.
Fabric vertical span over 6’: 2.0” OD pipe, 2.72 lbs. Per ft.
Wire Ties: 9 ga. Galvanized steel
Post tops: provide weathertight closure cap with loop to receive top rail: one cap for each post
except where flexible plastic pipe is indicated for cover top rail.
Stretcher Bars: One-Piece lengths equal to full height of fabric, with minimum cross-section of
3/16” x ¾”. Provide one stretcher bar for each gate and end post, and 2 for each corner and pull
post, escept where fabric is integrally woven into post.
Stretcher Bar Bands: Space not over 15” o.c., to secure stretcher bars to end, corner, pull, and
gate posts.
GATES:
Fabrication: Fabricate perimeter frames of gates from metal and finish to match fence
framework. Assemble gate frames by welding or with special fittings and rivets for rigid
connections, providing security against removal or breakage connections. Provide horizontal and
vertical members to ensure proper gate operation and attachment of fabric, hardware and
accessories. Space frame members maximum of 8’ apart unless otherwise noted.
Provide same fabric as for fence, unless otherwise indicated. Install fabric with
stretchers at vertical edges and at top and bottom edges. Attach stretcher bars to gate frame at
not more than 15” o.c.
Chain Link Fencing
32 31 13 - 2
Install diagonal cross-bracing consisting of 3/8” diameter adjustable length truss rods on
gates to ensure frame rigidity without sag or twist.
Swing Gates: Fabricate perimeter frames of minimum 1.90” OD pipe.
Gate Hardware: Provide hardware and accessories for each gate, galvanized per ASTM A 153,
and in accordance with the following:
Hinges: Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, offset to permit 180 degree
gate opening. Provide 1 ½” pair of hinges for each leaf over 6’ nominal height.
Latch: Forked type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with
padlock eye as integral part of latch.
Double Gates: Provide gate stops for double gates, consisting of mushroom type flush plate with
anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage center drop rod or plunger bar. Include locking
device and padlock eyes as integral part of latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with
single padlock.
Concrete: provide concrete consisting of Portland cement, ASTM C 150. aggregate ASTM C 33,
and clean water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28 day compressive strength
of 2500 psi using at least 4 sacks of cement per cu. Yd., 1” maximum size aggregate, maximum
3” slump and 2% to 4% entrained air.
PART THREE – EXECUTION
Installation:
Do not begin installation and erection before final grading is completed, unless otherwise
permitted.
Excavation: Drill or hand excavate (using post hole digger) holes for posts to diameters and
spacings indicated, in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil.
Setting Posts: Center and align posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each post for
vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during placement and finishing operations.
Unless otherwise indicated, extend concrete footings 2” above grade and trowel to a
crown to shed water.
Top Rails: Run rail continuously through post caps, bending to radius for curved runs. Provide
expansion couplings as recommended by fencing manufacturer.
Center Rails: Provide center rails where indicated. Install in one piece between posts and flush
with post on fabric side, using special offset fittings where necessary.
Brace Assemblies: Install braces so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension.
Fabric: Leave approximately 2” between finish grade and bottom selvage, unless otherwise
indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Install fabric on security side
of fence, and anchor to framework so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released.
Stretcher Bars: Thread through or clamp to fabric 4” o.c., and secure to posts with metal bands
spaced 15” o.c.
END OF SECTION 32 31 13
Chain Link Fencing
32 31 13 - 3
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement